{"id":"dn16","title":"The Great Discourse on the Buddha’s Extinguishment","languageCodes":["en","pi"],"languageNotes":{"en":"Bhikkhu Sujato · CC0","pi":"Mahāsaṅgīti edition · SuttaCentral"},"chapters":[{"id":"dn16","title":"The Great Discourse on the Buddha’s Extinguishment","units":[{"id":"dn16:0","sourceIds":["dn16:0.1","dn16:0.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Dīgha Nikāya 16\nMahāparinibbānasutta","en":"Long Discourses 16\nThe Great Discourse on the Buddha’s Extinguishment"}},{"id":"dn16:1.1","sourceIds":["dn16:1.1.1","dn16:1.1.2","dn16:1.1.3","dn16:1.1.4","dn16:1.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ me sutaṁ—\nekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.\nTena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti.\nSo evamāha:\n“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti.","en":"So I have heard.\nAt one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.\nNow at that time King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, wanted to invade the Vajjis.\nHe said:\n“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.2","sourceIds":["dn16:1.2.1","dn16:1.2.2","dn16:1.2.3","dn16:1.2.4","dn16:1.2.5","dn16:1.2.6","dn16:1.2.7","dn16:1.2.8","dn16:1.2.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ magadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi:\n“ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:\n‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti.\nEvañca vadehi:\n‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo.\nSo evamāha:\n“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”’ti.\nYathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṁ sādhukaṁ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi.\nNa hi tathāgatā vitathaṁ bhaṇantī”ti.","en":"And then King Ajātasattu addressed Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha,\n“Please, brahmin, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.\nAnd then say:\n‘Sir, King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, wants to invade the Vajjis.\nHe says,\n“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!”’\nRemember well how the Buddha answers and tell it to me.\nFor Realized Ones say nothing that is not so.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.3","sourceIds":["dn16:1.3.0","dn16:1.3.1","dn16:1.3.2","dn16:1.3.3","dn16:1.3.4","dn16:1.3.5","dn16:1.3.6","dn16:1.3.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"1. Vassakārabrāhmaṇa\n“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi.\nYāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.\nSammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati.\nRājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo.\nSo evamāha:\n‘ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’”ti.","en":"1. The Brahmin Vassakāra\n“Yes, worthy sir,” Vassakāra replied. He had the finest carriages harnessed. Then he mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out from Rājagaha for the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.\nHe went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot, and exchanged greetings with him.\nWhen the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,\n“Worthy Gotama, King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, bows with his head to your feet. He asks if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.\nWorthy Gotama, King Ajātasattu wants to invade the Vajjis.\nHe said:\n‘I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!’”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.4","sourceIds":["dn16:1.4.0","dn16:1.4.1","dn16:1.4.2","dn16:1.4.3","dn16:1.4.4","dn16:1.4.5","dn16:1.4.6","dn16:1.4.7","dn16:1.4.8","dn16:1.4.9","dn16:1.4.10","dn16:1.4.11","dn16:1.4.12","dn16:1.4.13","dn16:1.4.14","dn16:1.4.15","dn16:1.4.16","dn16:1.4.17","dn16:1.4.18","dn16:1.4.19","dn16:1.4.20","dn16:1.4.21","dn16:1.4.22","dn16:1.4.23"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"2. Rājaaparihāniyadhamma\nTena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti?\n“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti.\n“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.","en":"2. Principles That Prevent Decline\nNow at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.\nThen the Buddha said to him,\n“Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis meet frequently and have many meetings?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis meet frequently and have many meetings, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the ancient Vajjian principles as they have been decreed?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the ancient Vajjian principles as they have been decreed, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis don’t forcibly abduct the women or girls of the clans and make them live with them?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis don’t forcibly abduct the women or girls of the clans and make them live with them, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Vajjian shrines, whether inner or outer, not neglecting the proper spirit-offerings that were given and made in the past?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Vajjian shrines, whether inner or outer, not neglecting the proper spirit-offerings that were given and made in the past, they can expect growth, not decline.\nĀnanda, have you heard that the Vajjis organize proper protection, shelter, and security for perfected ones, so that more perfected ones might come to the realm and those already here may live in comfort?”\n“I have heard that, sir.”\n“As long as the Vajjis organize proper protection, shelter, and security for perfected ones, so that more perfected ones might come to the realm and those already here may live in comfort, they can expect growth, not decline.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.5","sourceIds":["dn16:1.5.1","dn16:1.5.2","dn16:1.5.3","dn16:1.5.4","dn16:1.5.5","dn16:1.5.6","dn16:1.5.7","dn16:1.5.8","dn16:1.5.9","dn16:1.5.10","dn16:1.5.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ magadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi:\n“ekamidāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye.\nTatrāhaṁ vajjīnaṁ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṁ.\nYāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṁ vajjīnaṁ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nKo pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi.\nAkaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā.\nHanda ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti.\n“Yassadāni tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṁ maññasī”ti.\nAtha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.","en":"Then the Buddha said to Vassakāra,\n“Brahmin, this one time I was staying near Vesālī at the Sārandada Shrine.\nThere I taught the Vajjis these seven principles that prevent decline.\nAs long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the Vajjis, and as long as the Vajjis are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.”\nWhen the Buddha had spoken, Vassakāra said to him,\n“Worthy Gotama, if the Vajjis follow even a single one of these principles they can expect growth, not decline.\nHow much more so all seven!\nKing Ajātasattu cannot defeat the Vajjis in war, unless by bribery or by sowing dissension.\nWell, now, worthy Gotama, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.”\n“Please, brahmin, go at your convenience.”\nThen Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, rose from his seat and left."}},{"id":"dn16:1.6","sourceIds":["dn16:1.6.0","dn16:1.6.1","dn16:1.6.2","dn16:1.6.3","dn16:1.6.4","dn16:1.6.5","dn16:1.6.6","dn16:1.6.7","dn16:1.6.8","dn16:1.6.9","dn16:1.6.10","dn16:1.6.11","dn16:1.6.12","dn16:1.6.13","dn16:1.6.14","dn16:1.6.15","dn16:1.6.16","dn16:1.6.17","dn16:1.6.18"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"3. Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhamma\nAtha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nNisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi,\ntaṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:\n“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṁ na paññapessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṁ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhapessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.","en":"3. Principles That Prevent Decline Among the Mendicants\nSoon after he had left, the Buddha said to Ānanda,\n“Go, Ānanda, gather all the mendicants staying in the vicinity of Rājagaha together in the assembly hall.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked. Then he went back, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, the mendicant Saṅgha has assembled. Please, sir, go at your convenience.”\nThen the Buddha went to the assembly hall, where he sat down on the seat spread out\nand addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, I will teach you these seven principles that prevent decline.\nListen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”\n“Yes, sir,” they replied.\nThe Buddha said this:\n“As long as the mendicants meet frequently and have many meetings, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the training rules as they have been decreed, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the senior mendicants—of long standing, long gone forth, fathers and leaders of the Saṅgha—and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants don’t fall under the sway of arisen craving for future lives, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants take care to live in wilderness lodgings, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants individually establish mindfulness, so that more good-hearted spiritual companions might come, and those that have already come may live comfortably, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline."}},{"id":"dn16:1.7","sourceIds":["dn16:1.7.1","dn16:1.7.2","dn16:1.7.3","dn16:1.7.4","dn16:1.7.5","dn16:1.7.6","dn16:1.7.7","dn16:1.7.8","dn16:1.7.9","dn16:1.7.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:\n“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṁ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.","en":"I will teach you seven more principles that prevent decline. …\nAs long as the mendicants don’t relish work, loving it and liking to relish it, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as they don’t relish talk …\nsleep …\ncompany …\nthey don’t have corrupt wishes, falling under the sway of corrupt wishes …\nthey don’t have bad friends, companions, and associates …\nthey don’t stop half-way after achieving some trifling distinction, they can expect growth, not decline."}},{"id":"dn16:1.8","sourceIds":["dn16:1.8.1","dn16:1.8.2","dn16:1.8.3","dn16:1.8.4","dn16:1.8.5","dn16:1.8.6","dn16:1.8.7","dn16:1.8.8","dn16:1.8.9","dn16:1.8.10","dn16:1.8.11","dn16:1.8.12","dn16:1.8.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nAparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi …pe….\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti …pe…\nhirimanā bhavissanti …\nottappī bhavissanti …\nbahussutā bhavissanti …\nāraddhavīriyā bhavissanti …\nupaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti …\npaññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nAparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:","en":"As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.\nI will teach you seven more principles that prevent decline. …\nAs long as the mendicants are faithful …\nconscientious …\nprudent …\nlearned …\nenergetic …\nmindful …\nwise, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.\nI will teach you seven more principles that prevent decline. …"}},{"id":"dn16:1.9","sourceIds":["dn16:1.9.1","dn16:1.9.2","dn16:1.9.3","dn16:1.9.4","dn16:1.9.5","dn16:1.9.6","dn16:1.9.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …pe…\ndhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …\nvīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …\npītisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …\npassaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …\nsamādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …\nupekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.","en":"As long as the mendicants develop the awakening factors of mindfulness …\ninvestigation of principles …\nenergy …\nrapture …\ntranquility …\nimmersion …\nequanimity, they can expect growth, not decline."}},{"id":"dn16:1.10","sourceIds":["dn16:1.10.1","dn16:1.10.2","dn16:1.10.3","dn16:1.10.4","dn16:1.10.5","dn16:1.10.6","dn16:1.10.7","dn16:1.10.8","dn16:1.10.9","dn16:1.10.10","dn16:1.10.11","dn16:1.10.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.\nAparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:\n“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …pe…\nanattasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …\nasubhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …\nādīnavasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …\npahānasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …\nvirāgasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …\nnirodhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.","en":"As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.\nI will teach you seven more principles that prevent decline. …\nAs long as the mendicants develop the perceptions of impermanence …\nnot-self …\nugliness …\ndrawbacks …\ngiving up …\nfading away …\ncessation, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline."}},{"id":"dn16:1.11","sourceIds":["dn16:1.11.1","dn16:1.11.2","dn16:1.11.3","dn16:1.11.4","dn16:1.11.5","dn16:1.11.6","dn16:1.11.7","dn16:1.11.8","dn16:1.11.9","dn16:1.11.10","dn16:1.11.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Cha vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:\n“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe…\nmettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.\nYāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.\n(…)","en":"I will teach you six principles that prevent decline. …\nAs long as the mendicants consistently treat their spiritual companions with bodily kindness …\nverbal kindness …\nand mental kindness both in public and in private, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants share without reservation any material things they have gained by legitimate means, even the food placed in the alms-bowl, using them in common with their ethical spiritual companions, they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants live according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private—such precepts as are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion—they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as the mendicants live according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private—the view that is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who applies it to the complete end of suffering—they can expect growth, not decline.\nAs long as these six principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.12","sourceIds":["dn16:1.12.1","dn16:1.12.2","dn16:1.12.3","dn16:1.12.4","dn16:1.12.5","dn16:1.12.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying there at the Vulture’s Peak the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.13","sourceIds":["dn16:1.13.1","dn16:1.13.2","dn16:1.13.3","dn16:1.13.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari.","en":"When the Buddha had stayed in Rājagaha as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Ambalaṭṭhikā.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Ambalaṭṭhikā,"}},{"id":"dn16:1.14","sourceIds":["dn16:1.14.1","dn16:1.14.2","dn16:1.14.3","dn16:1.14.4","dn16:1.14.5","dn16:1.14.6","dn16:1.14.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharati rājāgārake.\nTatrāpi sudaṁ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ iti samādhi iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"where he stayed in the royal rest-house.\nAnd while staying there, too, he often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.15","sourceIds":["dn16:1.15.1","dn16:1.15.2","dn16:1.15.3","dn16:1.15.4","dn16:1.15.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nāḷandā tadavasari,\ntatra sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.","en":"When the Buddha had stayed in Ambalaṭṭhikā as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Nāḷandā.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Nāḷandā,\nwhere he stayed in Pāvārika’s Mango Grove."}},{"id":"dn16:1.16","sourceIds":["dn16:1.16.0","dn16:1.16.1","dn16:1.16.2","dn16:1.16.3","dn16:1.16.4","dn16:1.16.5","dn16:1.16.6","dn16:1.16.7","dn16:1.16.8","dn16:1.16.9","dn16:1.16.10","dn16:1.16.11","dn16:1.16.12","dn16:1.16.13","dn16:1.16.14","dn16:1.16.15","dn16:1.16.16","dn16:1.16.17","dn16:1.16.18"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"4. Sāriputtasīhanāda\nAtha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;\nna cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan”ti.\n“Uḷārā kho te ayaṁ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito:\n‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;\nna cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’ti.\nKiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:\n‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti?\n“No hetaṁ, bhante”.\n“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:\n‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’”ti?\n“No hetaṁ, bhante”.\n“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṁ etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito:\n‘evaṁsīlo bhagavā itipi, evaṁdhammo evaṁpañño evaṁvihārī evaṁvimutto bhagavā itipī’”ti?\n“No hetaṁ, bhante”.\n“Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ natthi.\nAtha kiñcarahi te ayaṁ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito:\n‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?","en":"4. Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar\nThen Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that\nI believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.”\n“That’s a grand and bold statement, Sāriputta. You’ve roared a definitive, categorical lion’s roar, saying:\n‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that\nI believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.’\nWhat about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you encompassed their minds to know that\nthose Buddhas had such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”\n“No, sir.”\n“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you encompassed their minds to know that\nthose Buddhas will have such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”\n“No, sir.”\n“And what about me, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present? Have you encompassed my mind to know that\nI have such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”\n“No, sir.”\n“In that case, Sāriputta, given that you don’t encompass the minds of Buddhas past, future, or present,\nwhat then are you doing, making such a grand and bold statement, roaring such a definitive, categorical lion’s roar?”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.17","sourceIds":["dn16:1.17.1","dn16:1.17.2","dn16:1.17.3","dn16:1.17.4","dn16:1.17.5","dn16:1.17.6","dn16:1.17.7","dn16:1.17.8","dn16:1.17.9","dn16:1.17.10","dn16:1.17.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi,\napi ca me dhammanvayo vidito.\nSeyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ,\ntatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṁ nivāretā ñātānaṁ pavesetā.\nSo tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṁ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṁ vā pākāravivaraṁ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi.\nTassa evamassa:\n‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṁ nagaraṁ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti.\nEvameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito:\n‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu.\nYepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhissanti.\nBhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’”ti.","en":"“Sir, though I don’t encompass the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present,\nstill I understand this by inference from the teaching.\nSuppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate.\nAnd it has a gatekeeper who is astute, competent, and intelligent. He keeps strangers out and lets known people in.\nAs he walks around the patrol path, he doesn’t see a hole or cleft in the wall, not even one big enough for a cat to slip out.\nHe thinks,\n‘Whatever sizable creatures enter or leave the citadel, all of them do so via this gate.’\nIn the same way, I understand this by inference from the teaching:\n‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they awaken to the supreme perfect awakening.’”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.18","sourceIds":["dn16:1.18.1","dn16:1.18.2","dn16:1.18.3","dn16:1.18.4","dn16:1.18.5","dn16:1.18.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying at Nāḷandā, too, the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.19","sourceIds":["dn16:1.19.0","dn16:1.19.1","dn16:1.19.2","dn16:1.19.3","dn16:1.19.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"5. Dussīlaādīnava\nAtha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari.","en":"5. The Drawbacks of Unethical Conduct\nWhen the Buddha had stayed in Nāḷandā as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Pāṭali Village.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Pāṭali Village."}},{"id":"dn16:1.20","sourceIds":["dn16:1.20.1","dn16:1.20.2","dn16:1.20.3","dn16:1.20.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Assosuṁ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā: “bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṁ anuppatto”ti.\nAtha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāran”ti.\nAdhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.","en":"The lay followers of Pāṭali Village heard that he had arrived.\nSo they went to see him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, please consent to come to our guest house.”\nThe Buddha consented with silence."}},{"id":"dn16:1.21","sourceIds":["dn16:1.21.1","dn16:1.21.2","dn16:1.21.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“sabbasantharisanthataṁ, bhante, āvasathāgāraṁ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito;\nyassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.","en":"Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village rose from their seats, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying:\n“Please, sir, come at your convenience.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.22","sourceIds":["dn16:1.22.1","dn16:1.22.2","dn16:1.22.3","dn16:1.22.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā majjhimaṁ thambhaṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi.\nBhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.\nPāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.\n(…)","en":"In the morning, the Buddha robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the guest house together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. Having washed his feet, he entered the guest house and sat against the central column facing east.\nThe Saṅgha of mendicants also washed their feet, entered the guest house, and sat against the west wall facing east, with the Buddha right in front of them.\nThe lay followers of Pāṭali Village also washed their feet, entered the guest house, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them."}},{"id":"dn16:1.23","sourceIds":["dn16:1.23.1","dn16:1.23.2","dn16:1.23.3","dn16:1.23.4","dn16:1.23.5","dn16:1.23.6","dn16:1.23.7","dn16:1.23.8","dn16:1.23.9","dn16:1.23.10","dn16:1.23.11","dn16:1.23.12","dn16:1.23.13","dn16:1.23.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi:\n“pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nKatame pañca?\nIdha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahatiṁ bhogajāniṁ nigacchati.\nAyaṁ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati.\nAyaṁ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ—avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto.\nAyaṁ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṁ karoti.\nAyaṁ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati.\nAyaṁ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.\nIme kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.","en":"Then the Buddha addressed them:\n“Householders, there are these five drawbacks for an unethical person because of their failure in ethics.\nWhat five?\nFirstly, an unethical person loses great wealth on account of negligence.\nThis is the first drawback for an unethical person because of their failure in ethics.\nFurthermore, an unethical person gets a bad reputation.\nThis is the second drawback.\nFurthermore, an unethical person enters any kind of assembly unconfident and embarrassed, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.\nThis is the third drawback.\nFurthermore, an unethical person feels lost when they die.\nThis is the fourth drawback.\nFurthermore, an unethical person, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.\nThis is the fifth drawback.\nThese are the five drawbacks for an unethical person because of their failure in ethics."}},{"id":"dn16:1.24","sourceIds":["dn16:1.24.0","dn16:1.24.1","dn16:1.24.2","dn16:1.24.3","dn16:1.24.4","dn16:1.24.5","dn16:1.24.6","dn16:1.24.7","dn16:1.24.8","dn16:1.24.9","dn16:1.24.10","dn16:1.24.11","dn16:1.24.12","dn16:1.24.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"6. Sīlavantaānisaṁsa\nPañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṁsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nKatame pañca?\nIdha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ adhigacchati.\nAyaṁ paṭhamo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati.\nAyaṁ dutiyo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.\nAyaṁ tatiyo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti.\nAyaṁ catuttho ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nPuna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.\nAyaṁ pañcamo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.\nIme kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṁsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā”ti.","en":"6. The Benefits of Ethical Conduct\nThere are these five benefits for an ethical person because of their accomplishment in ethics.\nWhat five?\nFirstly, an ethical person gains great wealth on account of diligence.\nThis is the first benefit.\nFurthermore, an ethical person gets a good reputation.\nThis is the second benefit.\nFurthermore, an ethical person enters any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.\nThis is the third benefit.\nFurthermore, an ethical person dies not feeling lost.\nThis is the fourth benefit.\nFurthermore, when an ethical person’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.\nThis is the fifth benefit.\nThese are the five benefits for an ethical person because of their accomplishment in ethics.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.25","sourceIds":["dn16:1.25.1","dn16:1.25.2","dn16:1.25.3","dn16:1.25.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:\n“abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṁ maññathā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.\nAtha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṁ pāvisi.","en":"The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the lay followers of Pāṭali Village with a Dhamma talk. Then he sent them off,\n“The night is getting late, householders. Please go at your convenience.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied the lay followers of Pāṭali Village. They got up from their seat, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.\nSoon after they left the Buddha entered a private cubicle."}},{"id":"dn16:1.26","sourceIds":["dn16:1.26.0","dn16:1.26.1","dn16:1.26.2","dn16:1.26.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"7. Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpana\nTena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāya.\nTena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti.\nYasmiṁ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.","en":"7. Building a Citadel\nNow at that time the Magadhan chief ministers Sunidha and Vassakāra were building a citadel at Pāṭali Village to keep the Vajjis out.\nAt that time thousands of deities were taking possession of building sites in Pāṭali Village.\nIllustrious rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by illustrious deities."}},{"id":"dn16:1.27","sourceIds":["dn16:1.27.1","dn16:1.27.2","dn16:1.27.3","dn16:1.27.4","dn16:1.27.5","dn16:1.27.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yasmiṁ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.\nYasmiṁ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.\nAddasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo.\nAtha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“Ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī”ti?\n“Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāyā”ti.","en":"Middling rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by middling deities.\nLesser rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by lesser deities.\nWith clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha saw those deities taking possession of building sites in Pāṭali Village.\nThe Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Ānanda,\n“Ānanda, who is building a citadel at Pāṭali Village?”\n“Sir, the Magadhan ministers Sunidha and Vassakāra are building a citadel to keep the Vajjis out.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.28","sourceIds":["dn16:1.28.1","dn16:1.28.2","dn16:1.28.3","dn16:1.28.4","dn16:1.28.5","dn16:1.28.6","dn16:1.28.7","dn16:1.28.8","dn16:1.28.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṁsehi saddhiṁ mantetvā;\nevameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāya.\nIdhāhaṁ, ānanda, addasaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo.\nYasmiṁ, ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.\nYasmiṁ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.\nYasmiṁ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.\nYāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṁ āyatanaṁ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṁ agganagaraṁ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṁ puṭabhedanaṁ.\nPāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti—\naggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā”ti.","en":"“It’s as if they were building the citadel in consultation with the gods of the thirty-three.\nWith clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw those deities taking possession of building sites.\nIllustrious rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by illustrious deities.\nMiddling rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by middling deities.\nLesser rulers or royal ministers inclined to build houses at sites possessed by lesser deities.\nAs far as the civilized region extends, as far as the trading zone extends, this will be the chief city: the Pāṭaliputta trade center.\nBut Pāṭaliputta will face three threats:\nfrom fire, flood, and dissension.”"}},{"id":"dn16:1.29","sourceIds":["dn16:1.29.1","dn16:1.29.2","dn16:1.29.3","dn16:1.29.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu,\nsammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu, ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“adhivāsetu no bhavaṁ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.\nAdhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.","en":"Then the Magadhan ministers Sunidha and Vassakāra approached the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.\nWhen the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said,\n“Would the worthy Gotama together with the mendicant Saṅgha please accept today’s meal from me?”\nThe Buddha consented with silence."}},{"id":"dn16:1.30","sourceIds":["dn16:1.30.1","dn16:1.30.2","dn16:1.30.3","dn16:1.30.4","dn16:1.30.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesuṁ:\n“kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṁ magadhamahāmattānaṁ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nAtha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṁ sampavāresuṁ.\nAtha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.","en":"Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, they went to their own guest house, where they had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared. Then they had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,\n“It’s time, worthy Gotama, the meal is ready.”\nThen the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to their guest house together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat down on the seat spread out.\nThen Sunidha and Vassakāra served and satisfied the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha with their own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.\nWhen the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sunidha and Vassakāra took a low seat and sat to one side."}},{"id":"dn16:1.31","sourceIds":["dn16:1.31.1","dn16:1.31.2","dn16:1.31.3","dn16:1.31.4","dn16:1.31.5","dn16:1.31.6","dn16:1.31.7","dn16:1.31.8","dn16:1.31.9","dn16:1.31.10","dn16:1.31.11","dn16:1.31.12","dn16:1.31.13","dn16:1.31.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:\n“Yasmiṁ padese kappeti,\nvāsaṁ paṇḍitajātiyo;\nSīlavantettha bhojetvā,\nsaññate brahmacārayo.\nYā tattha devatā āsuṁ,\ntāsaṁ dakkhiṇamādise;\nTā pūjitā pūjayanti,\nmānitā mānayanti naṁ.\nTato naṁ anukampanti,\nmātā puttaṁva orasaṁ;\nDevatānukampito poso,\nsadā bhadrāni passatī”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.","en":"The Buddha expressed his appreciation with these verses:\n“In the place he makes his dwelling,\nhaving fed the astute\nand the virtuous here,\nthe restrained spiritual practitioners,\nhe should dedicate an offering\nto the deities there.\nVenerated, they venerate him;\nhonored, they honor him.\nAfter that they have sympathy for him,\nlike a mother the child at her breast.\nA man beloved of the deities\nalways sees nice things.”\nWhen the Buddha had expressed his appreciation to Sunidha and Vassakāra with these verses, he rose from his seat and left."}},{"id":"dn16:1.32","sourceIds":["dn16:1.32.1","dn16:1.32.2","dn16:1.32.3","dn16:1.32.4","dn16:1.32.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti:\n“yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṁ gotamadvāraṁ nāma bhavissati.\nYena titthena gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ tarissati, taṁ gotamatitthaṁ nāma bhavissatī”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami, taṁ gotamadvāraṁ nāma ahosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami.","en":"Sunidha and Vassakāra followed behind the Buddha, thinking,\n“The gate through which the ascetic Gotama exits today shall be named the Gotama Gate.\nThe ford at which he crosses the Ganges River shall be named the Gotama Ford.”\nThen the gate through which the Buddha exited was named the Gotama Gate.\nThen the Buddha came to the Ganges River."}},{"id":"dn16:1.33","sourceIds":["dn16:1.33.1","dn16:1.33.2","dn16:1.33.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā.\nAppekacce manussā nāvaṁ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṁ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṁ bandhanti apārā, pāraṁ gantukāmā.\nAtha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena.","en":"Now at that time the Ganges was full to the brim so a crow could drink from it.\nWanting to cross from the near to the far shore, some people were seeking a boat, some a dinghy, while some were tying up a raft.\nBut, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, the Buddha, together with the mendicant Saṅgha, vanished from the near shore and landed on the far shore."}},{"id":"dn16:1.34","sourceIds":["dn16:1.34.1","dn16:1.34.2","dn16:1.34.3","dn16:1.34.4","dn16:1.34.5","dn16:1.34.6","dn16:1.34.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṁ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṁ pariyesante appekacce kullaṁ bandhante apārā pāraṁ gantukāme.\nAtha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:\n“Ye taranti aṇṇavaṁ saraṁ,\nSetuṁ katvāna visajja pallalāni;\nKullañhi jano bandhati,\nTiṇṇā medhāvino janā”ti.\nPaṭhamabhāṇavāro.","en":"He saw all those humans wanting to cross over.\nKnowing the meaning of this, on that occasion the Buddha expressed this heartfelt sentiment:\n“Those who cross a deluge or stream\nhave built a bridge and left the marshes behind.\nWhile some people are still tying a raft,\nintelligent people have crossed over.”\nThe first recitation section."}},{"id":"dn16:2.1","sourceIds":["dn16:2.1.0","dn16:2.1.1","dn16:2.1.2","dn16:2.1.3","dn16:2.1.4","dn16:2.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"8. Ariyasaccakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari.\nTatra sudaṁ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati.","en":"8. Talk on the Noble Truths\nThen the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the village of Koṭi.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at the village of Koṭi,\nand stayed there."}},{"id":"dn16:2.2","sourceIds":["dn16:2.2.1","dn16:2.2.2","dn16:2.2.3","dn16:2.2.4","dn16:2.2.5","dn16:2.2.6","dn16:2.2.7","dn16:2.2.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“Catunnaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nKatamesaṁ catunnaṁ?\nDukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nDukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nDukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nDukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nTayidaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.","en":"There he addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, due to not understanding and not penetrating four noble truths, both you and I have wandered and transmigrated for such a very long time.\nWhat four?\nThe noble truths of suffering,\nthe origin of suffering,\nthe cessation of suffering,\nand the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.\nThese noble truths of suffering, origin, cessation, and the path have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the leash to existence is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.3","sourceIds":["dn16:2.3.1","dn16:2.3.2","dn16:2.3.3","dn16:2.3.4","dn16:2.3.5","dn16:2.3.6","dn16:2.3.7","dn16:2.3.8","dn16:2.3.9","dn16:2.3.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idamavoca bhagavā.\nIdaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:\n“Catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ,\nyathābhūtaṁ adassanā;\nSaṁsitaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ,\ntāsu tāsveva jātisu.\nTāni etāni diṭṭhāni,\nbhavanetti samūhatā;\nUcchinnaṁ mūlaṁ dukkhassa,\nnatthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.","en":"That is what the Buddha said.\nThen the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:\n“Because of not truly seeing\nthe four noble truths,\nwe have transmigrated for a long time\nfrom one rebirth to the next.\nBut now that these truths have been seen,\nthe leash to existence is eradicated.\nThe root of suffering is cut off,\nnow there’ll be no more future lives.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.4","sourceIds":["dn16:2.4.1","dn16:2.4.2","dn16:2.4.3","dn16:2.4.4","dn16:2.4.5","dn16:2.4.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying at the village of Koṭi, too, the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.5","sourceIds":["dn16:2.5.0","dn16:2.5.1","dn16:2.5.2","dn16:2.5.3","dn16:2.5.4","dn16:2.5.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"9. Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇa\nAtha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nātikā tadavasari.\nTatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.","en":"9. The Deaths in Ñātika\nWhen the Buddha had stayed in the village of Koṭi as long as he pleased, he said to Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the land of the Ñātikas.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived in the land of the Ñātikas,\nwhere he stayed in the brick house at Ñātika."}},{"id":"dn16:2.6","sourceIds":["dn16:2.6.1","dn16:2.6.2","dn16:2.6.3","dn16:2.6.4","dn16:2.6.5","dn16:2.6.6","dn16:2.6.7","dn16:2.6.8","dn16:2.6.9","dn16:2.6.10","dn16:2.6.11","dn16:2.6.12","dn16:2.6.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?\nNandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?\nSudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?\nSujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?\nKukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?\nKāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe…\nnikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako …\nkaṭissaho nāma, bhante, upāsako …\ntuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako …\nsantuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako …\nbhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako …\nsubhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti?","en":"Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, the monk named Sāḷha has passed away in Ñātika. Where has he been reborn in his next life?\nThe nun named Nandā,\nthe layman named Sudatta,\nand the laywoman named Sujātā have passed away in Ñātika. Where have they been reborn in the next life?\nThe laymen named Kakkaṭa,\nKaḷibha,\nNikata,\nKaṭissaha,\nTuṭṭha,\nSantuṭṭha,\nBhadda, and\nSubhadda have passed away in Ñātika. Where have they been reborn in the next life?”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.7","sourceIds":["dn16:2.7.1","dn16:2.7.2","dn16:2.7.3","dn16:2.7.4","dn16:2.7.5","dn16:2.7.6","dn16:2.7.7","dn16:2.7.8","dn16:2.7.9","dn16:2.7.10","dn16:2.7.11","dn16:2.7.12","dn16:2.7.13","dn16:2.7.14","dn16:2.7.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.\nNandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā.\nSudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissati.\nSujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.\nKukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.\nKāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako …pe…\nnikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako …\nkaṭissaho, ānanda, upāsako …\ntuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako …\nsantuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako …\nbhaddo, ānanda, upāsako …\nsubhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.\nParopaññāsaṁ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā.\nSādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.\nSātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.","en":"“Ānanda, the monk Sāḷha had realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, having realized it with his own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.\nThe nun Nandā had ended the five lower fetters. She’s been reborn spontaneously, and will be extinguished there, not liable to return from that world.\nThe layman Sudatta had ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. He’s a once-returner; he will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.\nThe laywoman Sujātā had ended three fetters. She’s a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening.\nThe laymen Kakkaṭa,\nKaḷibha,\nNikata,\nKaṭissaha,\nTuṭṭha,\nSantuṭṭha,\nBhadda,\nand Subhadda had ended the five lower fetters. They’ve been reborn spontaneously, and will be extinguished there, not liable to return from that world.\nOver fifty laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended the five lower fetters. They’ve been reborn spontaneously, and will be extinguished there, not liable to return from that world.\nMore than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.\nMore than five hundred laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters. They’re stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening."}},{"id":"dn16:2.8","sourceIds":["dn16:2.8.0","dn16:2.8.1","dn16:2.8.2","dn16:2.8.3","dn16:2.8.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"10. Dhammādāsadhammapariyāya\nAnacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ, ānanda, yaṁ manussabhūto kālaṁ kareyya.\nTasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa.\nTasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṁ nāma dhammapariyāyaṁ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:\n‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.","en":"10. The Mirror of the Teaching\nIt’s no wonder that a human being should pass away.\nBut if you should come and ask me about it each and every time someone passes away, that would be a bother for me.\nSo Ānanda, I will teach you the explanation of the Dhamma named ‘the mirror of the teaching’. A noble disciple who has this may declare of themselves:\n‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am assured, destined for awakening.’"}},{"id":"dn16:2.9","sourceIds":["dn16:2.9.1","dn16:2.9.2","dn16:2.9.3","dn16:2.9.4","dn16:2.9.5","dn16:2.9.6","dn16:2.9.7","dn16:2.9.8","dn16:2.9.9","dn16:2.9.10","dn16:2.9.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:\n‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?\nIdhānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:\n‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.\nDhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:\n‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.\nSaṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:\n‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.\nAriyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṁvattanikehi.\nAyaṁ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:\n‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.","en":"And what is that mirror of the teaching?\nIt’s when a noble disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha:\n‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’\nThey have experiential confidence in the teaching:\n‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’\nThey have experiential confidence in the Saṅgha:\n‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’\nAnd a noble disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, unbroken, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion.\nThis is that mirror of the teaching.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.10","sourceIds":["dn16:2.10.1","dn16:2.10.2","dn16:2.10.3","dn16:2.10.4","dn16:2.10.5","dn16:2.10.6","dn16:2.10.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“Iti sīlaṁ iti samādhi iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.\n(…)","en":"And while staying there in Ñātika the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.11","sourceIds":["dn16:2.11.1","dn16:2.11.2","dn16:2.11.3","dn16:2.11.4","dn16:2.11.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena vesālī tadavasari.\nTatra sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane.","en":"When the Buddha had stayed in Ñātika as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Vesālī.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Vesālī,\nwhere he stayed in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove."}},{"id":"dn16:2.12","sourceIds":["dn16:2.12.1","dn16:2.12.2","dn16:2.12.3","dn16:2.12.4","dn16:2.12.5","dn16:2.12.6","dn16:2.12.7","dn16:2.12.8","dn16:2.12.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno,\nayaṁ vo amhākaṁ anusāsanī.\nKathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti?\nIdha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.\nVedanāsu vedanānupassī …pe…\ncitte cittānupassī …pe…\ndhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.\nEvaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.","en":"There the Buddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, a mendicant should live mindful and aware.\nThis is my instruction to you.\nAnd how is a mendicant mindful?\nIt’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.\nThey meditate observing an aspect of feelings …\nmind …\nprinciples—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.\nThat’s how a mendicant is mindful."}},{"id":"dn16:2.13","sourceIds":["dn16:2.13.1","dn16:2.13.2","dn16:2.13.3","dn16:2.13.4","dn16:2.13.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?\nIdha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.\nEvaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti.\nSato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno,\nayaṁ vo amhākaṁ anusāsanī”ti.","en":"And how is a mendicant aware?\nIt’s when a mendicant acts with situational awareness when going out and coming back; when looking ahead and aside; when bending and extending the limbs; when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes; when eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting; when urinating and defecating; when walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and keeping silent.\nThat’s how a mendicant is aware.\nA mendicant should live mindful and aware.\nThis is my instruction to you.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.14","sourceIds":["dn16:2.14.0","dn16:2.14.1","dn16:2.14.2","dn16:2.14.3","dn16:2.14.4","dn16:2.14.5","dn16:2.14.6","dn16:2.14.7","dn16:2.14.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"11. Ambapālīgaṇikā\nAssosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti.\nAtha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi.\nYāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.\nAtha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.\nAdhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.\nAtha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.","en":"11. Ambapālī the Courtesan\nAmbapālī the courtesan heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in her mango grove.\nShe had the finest carriages harnessed. Then she mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out from Vesālī for her own park.\nShe went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. She bowed and sat down to one side.\nThe Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired her with a Dhamma talk.\nThen she said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, would the Buddha, together with the mendicant Saṅgha, please accept tomorrow’s meal from me?”\nThe Buddha consented with silence.\nThen, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Ambapālī rose from her seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on her right, before leaving."}},{"id":"dn16:2.15","sourceIds":["dn16:2.15.1","dn16:2.15.2","dn16:2.15.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Assosuṁ kho vesālikā licchavī: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane”ti.\nAtha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṁsu.\nTatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā.","en":"The Licchavis of Vesālī also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove.\nThey had the finest carriages harnessed. Then they mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out from Vesālī.\nSome of the Licchavis were in blue, of blue color, clad in blue, adorned with blue. And some were similarly colored in yellow, red, or white."}},{"id":"dn16:2.16","sourceIds":["dn16:2.16.1","dn16:2.16.2","dn16:2.16.3","dn16:2.16.4","dn16:2.16.5","dn16:2.16.6","dn16:2.16.7","dn16:2.16.8","dn16:2.16.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṁ daharānaṁ licchavīnaṁ akkhena akkhaṁ cakkena cakkaṁ yugena yugaṁ paṭivaṭṭesi.\nAtha kho te licchavī ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“kiṁ, je ambapāli, daharānaṁ daharānaṁ licchavīnaṁ akkhena akkhaṁ cakkena cakkaṁ yugena yugaṁ paṭivaṭṭesī”ti?\n“Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.\n“Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṁ bhattaṁ satasahassenā”ti.\n“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti.\nAtha kho te licchavī aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ:\n“jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti.\nAtha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṁ tena pāyiṁsu.","en":"Then Ambapālī the courtesan collided with those Licchavi youths, axle to axle, wheel to wheel, yoke to yoke.\nThe Licchavis said to her,\n“What, you wench Ambapālī, are you doing colliding with us axle to axle, wheel to wheel, yoke to yoke?”\n“Well, masters, it’s because I’ve invited the Buddha for tomorrow’s meal together with the mendicant Saṅgha.”\n“Wench, give us that meal for a hundred thousand!”\n“Masters, even if you were to give me Vesālī with her provinces, I still wouldn’t give that meal to you.”\nThen the Licchavis snapped their fingers, saying,\n“We’ve been beaten by the aunty! We’ve been beaten by the aunty!”\nThen they continued on to Ambapālī’s Mango Grove."}},{"id":"dn16:2.17","sourceIds":["dn16:2.17.1","dn16:2.17.2","dn16:2.17.3","dn16:2.17.4","dn16:2.17.5","dn16:2.17.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante.\nDisvāna bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“yesaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ devā tāvatiṁsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ;\napaloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ;\nupasaṁharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ—\ntāvatiṁsasadisan”ti.","en":"The Buddha saw them coming off in the distance,\nand addressed the mendicants:\n“Any of the mendicants who’ve never seen the gods of the thirty-three before, just have a look at the assembly of Licchavis.\nSee the assembly of Licchavis,\ncheck them out:\nthey’re just like the thirty-three!”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.18","sourceIds":["dn16:2.18.1","dn16:2.18.2","dn16:2.18.3","dn16:2.18.4","dn16:2.18.5","dn16:2.18.6","dn16:2.18.7","dn16:2.18.8","dn16:2.18.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.\nEkamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.\nAtha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca:\n“adhivutthaṁ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti.\nAtha kho te licchavī aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ:\n“jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti.\nAtha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.","en":"The Licchavis went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. They bowed to the Buddha, sat down to one side,\nand the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.\nThen they said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, would the Buddha, together with the mendicant Saṅgha, please accept tomorrow’s meal from us?”\nThen the Buddha said to the Licchavis,\n“I have already accepted tomorrow’s meal from Ambapālī the courtesan.”\nThen the Licchavis snapped their fingers, saying,\n“We’ve been beaten by the aunty! We’ve been beaten by the aunty!”\nAnd then those Licchavis approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. They got up from their seat, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving."}},{"id":"dn16:2.19","sourceIds":["dn16:2.19.1","dn16:2.19.2","dn16:2.19.3","dn16:2.19.4","dn16:2.19.5","dn16:2.19.6","dn16:2.19.7","dn16:2.19.8","dn16:2.19.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:\n“kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nAtha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.\nAtha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“imāhaṁ, bhante, ārāmaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti.\nPaṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṁ.\nAtha kho bhagavā ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.","en":"And when the night had passed Ambapālī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in her own park. Then she had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,\n“Sir, it’s time. The meal is ready.”\nThen the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Ambapālī together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat down on the seat spread out.\nThen Ambapālī served and satisfied the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.\nWhen the Buddha had eaten and washed his hands and bowl, Ambapālī took a low seat, sat to one side,\nand said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, I present this park to the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha.”\nThe Buddha accepted the park.\nThen the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired her with a Dhamma talk, after which he rose from his seat and left."}},{"id":"dn16:2.20","sourceIds":["dn16:2.20.1","dn16:2.20.2","dn16:2.20.3","dn16:2.20.4","dn16:2.20.5","dn16:2.20.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying at Vesālī, too, the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.21","sourceIds":["dn16:2.21.0","dn16:2.21.1","dn16:2.21.2","dn16:2.21.3","dn16:2.21.4","dn16:2.21.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"12. Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamana\nAtha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari.\nTatra sudaṁ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati.","en":"12. Commencing the Rains at Beluva\nWhen the Buddha had stayed in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove as long as he pleased, he addressed Venerable Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the little village of Beluva.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at the little village of Beluva,\nand stayed there."}},{"id":"dn16:2.22","sourceIds":["dn16:2.22.1","dn16:2.22.2","dn16:2.22.3","dn16:2.22.4","dn16:2.22.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upetha.\nAhaṁ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṁ upagacchāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu.\nBhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṁ upagacchi.","en":"There the Buddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, please enter the rainy season residence with whatever friends or acquaintances you have around Vesālī.\nI’ll commence the rainy season residence right here in the little village of Beluva.”\n“Yes, sir,” those mendicants replied. They did as the Buddha said,\nwhile the Buddha commenced the rainy season residence right there in the little village of Beluva."}},{"id":"dn16:2.23","sourceIds":["dn16:2.23.1","dn16:2.23.2","dn16:2.23.3","dn16:2.23.4","dn16:2.23.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.\nTā sudaṁ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.\nAtha kho bhagavato etadahosi:\n“na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ, yvāhaṁ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parinibbāyeyyaṁ.\nYannūnāhaṁ imaṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyyan”ti.","en":"After the Buddha had commenced the rainy season residence, he fell severely ill, struck by dreadful pains, close to death.\nBut he endured unbothered, with mindfulness and situational awareness.\nThen it occurred to the Buddha,\n“It would not be appropriate for me to be fully extinguished before informing my supporters and taking leave of the mendicant Saṅgha.\nWhy don’t I forcefully suppress this illness, stabilize the life force, and live on?”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.24","sourceIds":["dn16:2.24.1","dn16:2.24.2","dn16:2.24.3","dn16:2.24.4","dn16:2.24.5","dn16:2.24.6","dn16:2.24.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā taṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi.\nAtha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi.\nAtha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṁ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṁ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo, disāpi me na pakkhāyanti, dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena.\nApi ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā:\n‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’”ti.","en":"So that is what he did.\nThen the Buddha’s illness died down.\nSoon after the Buddha had recovered from that sickness, he left his dwelling and sat in the shade of the porch on the seat spread out.\nThen Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, it’s fantastic that the Buddha is comfortable and well. Because when the Buddha was sick, my body felt like it was drugged. I was disorientated, and the teachings didn’t spring to mind.\nStill, at least I was consoled by the thought that\nthe Buddha won’t be fully extinguished without bringing something up regarding the Saṅgha of mendicants.”"}},{"id":"dn16:2.25","sourceIds":["dn16:2.25.1","dn16:2.25.2","dn16:2.25.3","dn16:2.25.4","dn16:2.25.5","dn16:2.25.6","dn16:2.25.7","dn16:2.25.8","dn16:2.25.9","dn16:2.25.10","dn16:2.25.11","dn16:2.25.12","dn16:2.25.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kiṁ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati?\nDesito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṁ abāhiraṁ karitvā.\nNatthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi.\nYassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa:\n‘ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṁ hoti:\n‘ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā.\nSakiṁ, ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati.\nAhaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto.\nĀsītiko me vayo vattati.\nSeyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena yāpeti;\nevameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti.\nYasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ekaccānaṁ vedanānaṁ nirodhā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṁ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti.","en":"“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me, Ānanda?\nI’ve taught the Dhamma without making any distinction between secret and public teachings.\nThe Realized One doesn’t have the closed fist of a tutor when it comes to the teachings.\nIf there’s anyone who thinks:\n‘I shall lead the mendicant Saṅgha,’ or ‘the Saṅgha of mendicants is meant for me,’ let them bring something up regarding the Saṅgha.\nBut the Realized One doesn’t think like this,\nso why should he bring something up regarding the Saṅgha?\nI’m now old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life.\nI’m currently eighty years old.\nJust as a decrepit old cart is kept going by a rope,\nin the same way, the Realized One’s body is kept going as if by a rope.\nSometimes the Realized One, not focusing on any signs, and with the cessation of certain feelings, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. Only then does the Realized One’s body become more comfortable."}},{"id":"dn16:2.26","sourceIds":["dn16:2.26.1","dn16:2.26.2","dn16:2.26.3","dn16:2.26.4","dn16:2.26.5","dn16:2.26.6","dn16:2.26.7","dn16:2.26.8","dn16:2.26.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā.\nKathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo?\nIdhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.\nVedanāsu …pe…\ncitte …pe…\ndhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.\nEvaṁ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo.\nYe hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā”ti.\nDutiyabhāṇavāro.","en":"So Ānanda, live as your own island, your own refuge, with no other refuge. Let the teaching be your island and your refuge, with no other refuge.\nAnd how does a mendicant do this?\nIt’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.\nThey meditate observing an aspect of feelings …\nmind …\nprinciples—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.\nThat’s how a mendicant lives with themselves as island and refuge, without other refuge; with the teachings as island and refuge, without other refuge.\nWhether now or after I have passed, any who shall live as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge; with the teaching as their island and their refuge, with no other refuge—those mendicants of mine eager to train shall be among the best of the best.”\nThe second recitation section."}},{"id":"dn16:3.1","sourceIds":["dn16:3.1.0","dn16:3.1.1","dn16:3.1.2","dn16:3.1.3","dn16:3.1.4","dn16:3.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"13. Nimittobhāsakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.\nVesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṁ,\nyena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.","en":"13. An Obvious Hint\nThen the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.\nThen, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda:\n“Ānanda, get your sitting cloth.\nLet’s go to the Cāpāla Shrine for the day’s meditation.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha."}},{"id":"dn16:3.2","sourceIds":["dn16:3.2.1","dn16:3.2.2","dn16:3.2.3","dn16:3.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nĀyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:\n“ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.","en":"Then the Buddha went up to the Cāpāla Shrine, where he sat down on the seat spread out.\nĀnanda bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.\nThe Buddha said to him:\n“Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Shrines are all lovely."}},{"id":"dn16:3.3","sourceIds":["dn16:3.3.1","dn16:3.3.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti.","en":"Whoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.\nThe Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.4","sourceIds":["dn16:3.4.1","dn16:3.4.2","dn16:3.4.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;\nna bhagavantaṁ yāci:\n“tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.","en":"But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.\nHe didn’t beg the Buddha:\n“Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.” For his mind was as if possessed by Māra."}},{"id":"dn16:3.5","sourceIds":["dn16:3.5.1","dn16:3.5.2","dn16:3.5.3","dn16:3.5.4","dn16:3.5.5","dn16:3.5.6","dn16:3.5.7","dn16:3.5.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe…\ntatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.\nYassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti.\nEvampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;\nna bhagavantaṁ yāci:\n“tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.","en":"For a second time …\nAnd for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda:\n“Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Shrines are all lovely.\nWhoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.\nThe Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.”\nBut Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.\nHe didn’t beg the Buddha:\n“Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.” For his mind was as if possessed by Māra."}},{"id":"dn16:3.6","sourceIds":["dn16:3.6.1","dn16:3.6.2","dn16:3.6.3","dn16:3.6.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda,\nyassadāni kālaṁ maññasī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.","en":"Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Ānanda,\n“Go now, Ānanda,\nat your convenience.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before sitting at the root of a tree close by."}},{"id":"dn16:3.7","sourceIds":["dn16:3.7.0","dn16:3.7.1","dn16:3.7.2","dn16:3.7.3","dn16:3.7.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"14. Mārayācanakathā\nAtha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.","en":"14. The Appeal of Māra\nAnd then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha, stood to one side, and said to him:\n“Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.\nSir, you once made this statement:\n‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have monk disciples who are competent, educated, assured, learned, have memorized the teachings, and practice in line with the principle of the teaching. Not until they practice properly, living in line with the teaching. Not until they’ve learned their denomination, and explain, teach, assert, establish, disclose, analyze, and make it clear. Not until they can legitimately and completely refute the doctrines of others that come up, and teach with a demonstrable basis.’"}},{"id":"dn16:3.8","sourceIds":["dn16:3.8.1","dn16:3.8.2","dn16:3.8.3","dn16:3.8.4","dn16:3.8.5","dn16:3.8.6","dn16:3.8.7","dn16:3.8.8","dn16:3.8.9","dn16:3.8.10","dn16:3.8.11","dn16:3.8.12","dn16:3.8.13","dn16:3.8.14","dn16:3.8.15","dn16:3.8.16","dn16:3.8.17","dn16:3.8.18"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.\nEtarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.\nEtarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.\nEtarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti.\nEtarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti.","en":"Today you do have such monk disciples.\nMay the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.\nSir, you once made this statement:\n‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have nun disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’\nToday you do have such nun disciples.\nMay the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.\nSir, you once made this statement:\n‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have layman disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’\nToday you do have such layman disciples.\nMay the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.\nSir, you once made this statement:\n‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have laywoman disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’\nToday you do have such laywoman disciples.\nMay the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.\nSir, you once made this statement:\n‘Wicked One, I will not be fully extinguished until my spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and fully revealed among gods and humans.’\nToday your spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and fully revealed among gods and humans.\nMay the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.9","sourceIds":["dn16:3.9.1","dn16:3.9.2","dn16:3.9.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:\n“appossukko tvaṁ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nIto tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti.","en":"When this was said, the Buddha said to Māra,\n“Relax, Wicked One. The full extinguishment of the Realized One will be soon.\nThree months from now the Realized One will be fully extinguished.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.10","sourceIds":["dn16:3.10.0","dn16:3.10.1","dn16:3.10.2","dn16:3.10.3","dn16:3.10.4","dn16:3.10.5","dn16:3.10.6","dn16:3.10.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"15. Āyusaṅkhāraossajjana\nAtha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji.\nOssaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.\nAtha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:\n“Tulamatulañca sambhavaṁ,\nBhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;\nAjjhattarato samāhito,\nAbhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti.","en":"15. Surrendering the Life Force\nSo at the Cāpāla Shrine the Buddha, mindful and aware, surrendered the life force.\nWhen he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.\nThen, understanding this matter, on that occasion the Buddha expressed this heartfelt sentiment:\n“Comparing the incomparable with the creation of prolonged life,\nthe sage surrendered the life force.\nHappy inside, serene,\nhe shattered self-creation like a suit of armor.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.11","sourceIds":["dn16:3.11.0","dn16:3.11.1","dn16:3.11.2","dn16:3.11.3","dn16:3.11.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"16. Mahābhūmicālahetu\nAtha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:\n“acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo;\nsumahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.\nKo nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?","en":"16. The Causes of Earthquakes\nThen Venerable Ānanda thought,\n“How incredible, how amazing! That was a really big earthquake!\nThat was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!\nWhat’s the cause, what’s the reason for a great earthquake?”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.12","sourceIds":["dn16:3.12.1","dn16:3.12.2","dn16:3.12.3","dn16:3.12.4","dn16:3.12.5","dn16:3.12.6","dn16:3.12.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami,\nupasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi,\nekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante.\nMahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo;\nsumahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.\nKo nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?","en":"Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha,\nbowed, sat down to one side,\nand said to him,\n“How incredible, sir, how amazing!\nThat was a really big earthquake!\nThat was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!\nWhat’s the cause, what’s the reason for a great earthquake?”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.13","sourceIds":["dn16:3.13.1","dn16:3.13.2","dn16:3.13.3","dn16:3.13.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.\nKatame aṭṭha?\nAyaṁ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṁ vāte patiṭṭhitaṁ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṁ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṁ kampenti. Udakaṁ kampitaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti.\nAyaṁ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"“Ānanda, there are these eight causes and reasons for a great earthquake.\nWhat eight?\nThis great earth is established on water, the water is established on air, and the air stands in space. At a time when a great wind blows, it stirs the water, and the water stirs the earth.\nThis is the first cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.14","sourceIds":["dn16:3.14.1","dn16:3.14.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti.\nAyaṁ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, there is an ascetic or brahmin with psychic power who has achieved mastery of the mind, or a god who is mighty and powerful. They’ve developed a limited perception of earth and a limitless perception of water. They make the earth shake and rock and tremble.\nThis is the second cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.15","sourceIds":["dn16:3.15.1","dn16:3.15.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the being intent on awakening passes away from the host of joyful gods, he’s conceived in his mother’s womb, mindful and aware. Then the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the third cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.16","sourceIds":["dn16:3.16.1","dn16:3.16.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the being intent on awakening comes out of his mother’s womb mindful and aware, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the fourth cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.17","sourceIds":["dn16:3.17.1","dn16:3.17.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the Realized One awakens to the supreme perfect awakening, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the fifth cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.18","sourceIds":["dn16:3.18.1","dn16:3.18.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the Realized One rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the sixth cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.19","sourceIds":["dn16:3.19.1","dn16:3.19.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossajjati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the Realized One, mindful and aware, surrenders the life force, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the seventh cause and reason for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.20","sourceIds":["dn16:3.20.1","dn16:3.20.2","dn16:3.20.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.\nAyaṁ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.\nIme kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.","en":"Furthermore, when the Realized One becomes fully extinguished in the element of extinguishment with no residue, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles.\nThis is the eighth cause and reason for a great earthquake.\nThese are the eight causes and reasons for a great earthquake."}},{"id":"dn16:3.21","sourceIds":["dn16:3.21.0","dn16:3.21.1","dn16:3.21.2","dn16:3.21.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"17. Aṭṭhaparisā\nAṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā.\nKatamā aṭṭha?\nKhattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṁsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā.","en":"17. Eight Assemblies\nThere are, Ānanda, these eight assemblies.\nWhat eight?\nThe assemblies of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, and ascetics. An assembly of the gods of the four great kings. An assembly of the gods of the thirty-three. An assembly of Māras. An assembly of divinities."}},{"id":"dn16:3.22","sourceIds":["dn16:3.22.1","dn16:3.22.2","dn16:3.22.3","dn16:3.22.4","dn16:3.22.5","dn16:3.22.6","dn16:3.22.7","dn16:3.22.8","dn16:3.22.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, anekasataṁ khattiyaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā.\nTatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā.\nTattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṁ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti.\nDhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.\nBhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti:\n‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti?\nDhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.\nAntarahitañca maṁ na jānanti:\n‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti?","en":"I recall having approached an assembly of hundreds of aristocrats.\nThere I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion.\nAnd my appearance and voice became just like theirs.\nI educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.\nBut when I spoke they didn’t know:\n‘Who is this that speaks? Is it a god or a human?’\nAnd when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.\nBut when I vanished they didn’t know:\n‘Who was that who vanished? Was it a god or a human?’"}},{"id":"dn16:3.23","sourceIds":["dn16:3.23.1","dn16:3.23.2","dn16:3.23.3","dn16:3.23.4","dn16:3.23.5","dn16:3.23.6","dn16:3.23.7","dn16:3.23.8","dn16:3.23.9","dn16:3.23.10","dn16:3.23.11","dn16:3.23.12","dn16:3.23.13","dn16:3.23.14","dn16:3.23.15","dn16:3.23.16","dn16:3.23.17"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, anekasataṁ brāhmaṇaparisaṁ …pe…\ngahapatiparisaṁ …\nsamaṇaparisaṁ …\ncātumahārājikaparisaṁ …\ntāvatiṁsaparisaṁ …\nmāraparisaṁ …\nbrahmaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā.\nTatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā.\nTattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti.\nYādisako tesaṁ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti.\nDhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.\nBhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti:\n‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti?\nDhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.\nAntarahitañca maṁ na jānanti:\n‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti?\nImā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.","en":"I recall having approached an assembly of hundreds of brahmins …\nhouseholders …\nascetics …\nthe gods of the four great kings …\nthe gods of the thirty-three …\nMāras …\ndivinities.\nThere too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion.\nAnd my appearance and voice became just like theirs.\nI educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.\nBut when I spoke they didn’t know:\n‘Who is this that speaks? Is it a god or a human?’\nAnd when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.\nBut when I vanished they didn’t know:\n‘Who was that who vanished? Was it a god or a human?’\nThese are the eight assemblies."}},{"id":"dn16:3.24","sourceIds":["dn16:3.24.0","dn16:3.24.1","dn16:3.24.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"18. Aṭṭhaabhibhāyatana\nAṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni.\nKatamāni aṭṭha?","en":"18. Eight Dimensions of Mastery\nĀnanda, there are these eight dimensions of mastery.\nWhat eight?"}},{"id":"dn16:3.25","sourceIds":["dn16:3.25.1","dn16:3.25.2","dn16:3.25.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ paṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the first dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.26","sourceIds":["dn16:3.26.1","dn16:3.26.2","dn16:3.26.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ dutiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the second dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.27","sourceIds":["dn16:3.27.1","dn16:3.27.2","dn16:3.27.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ tatiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the third dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.28","sourceIds":["dn16:3.28.1","dn16:3.28.2","dn16:3.28.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ catutthaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the fourth dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.29","sourceIds":["dn16:3.29.1","dn16:3.29.2","dn16:3.29.3","dn16:3.29.4","dn16:3.29.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni.\nSeyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṁ nīlaṁ nīlavaṇṇaṁ nīlanidassanaṁ nīlanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ nīlaṁ nīlavaṇṇaṁ nīlanidassanaṁ nīlanibhāsaṁ.\nEvameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ pañcamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are blue, with blue color and blue appearance.\nThey’re like a flax flower that’s blue, with blue color and blue appearance. Or a cloth from Varanasi that’s smoothed on both sides, blue, with blue color and blue appearance.\nIn the same way, not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, blue, with blue color and blue appearance.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the fifth dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.30","sourceIds":["dn16:3.30.1","dn16:3.30.2","dn16:3.30.3","dn16:3.30.4","dn16:3.30.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni.\nSeyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṁ pītaṁ pītavaṇṇaṁ pītanidassanaṁ pītanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ pītaṁ pītavaṇṇaṁ pītanidassanaṁ pītanibhāsaṁ.\nEvameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ chaṭṭhaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are yellow, with yellow color and yellow appearance.\nThey’re like a champak flower that’s yellow, with yellow color and yellow appearance. Or a cloth from Varanasi that’s smoothed on both sides, yellow, with yellow color and yellow appearance.\nIn the same way, not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are yellow, with yellow color and yellow appearance.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the sixth dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.31","sourceIds":["dn16:3.31.1","dn16:3.31.2","dn16:3.31.3","dn16:3.31.4","dn16:3.31.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni.\nSeyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṁ lohitakaṁ lohitakavaṇṇaṁ lohitakanidassanaṁ lohitakanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ lohitakaṁ lohitakavaṇṇaṁ lohitakanidassanaṁ lohitakanibhāsaṁ.\nEvameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ sattamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are red, with red color and red appearance.\nThey’re like a scarlet mallow flower that’s red, with red color and red appearance. Or a cloth from Varanasi that’s smoothed on both sides, red, with red color and red appearance.\nIn the same way, not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are red, with red color and red appearance.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the seventh dimension of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.32","sourceIds":["dn16:3.32.1","dn16:3.32.2","dn16:3.32.3","dn16:3.32.4","dn16:3.32.5","dn16:3.32.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni.\nSeyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ odātaṁ odātavaṇṇaṁ odātanidassanaṁ odātanibhāsaṁ.\nEvameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni.\n‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.\nIdaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.\nImāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.","en":"Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are white, with white color and white appearance.\nThey’re like the morning star that’s white, with white color and white appearance. Or a cloth from Varanasi that’s smoothed on both sides, white, with white color and white appearance.\nIn the same way, not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally that are white, with white color and white appearance.\nMastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’\nThis is the eighth dimension of mastery.\nThese are the eight dimensions of mastery."}},{"id":"dn16:3.33","sourceIds":["dn16:3.33.0","dn16:3.33.1","dn16:3.33.2","dn16:3.33.3","dn16:3.33.4","dn16:3.33.5","dn16:3.33.6","dn16:3.33.7","dn16:3.33.8","dn16:3.33.9","dn16:3.33.10","dn16:3.33.11","dn16:3.33.12","dn16:3.33.13","dn16:3.33.14","dn16:3.33.15","dn16:3.33.16","dn16:3.33.17","dn16:3.33.18","dn16:3.33.19","dn16:3.33.20"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"19. Aṭṭhavimokkha\nAṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā.\nKatame aṭṭha?\nRūpī rūpāni passati,\nayaṁ paṭhamo vimokkho.\nAjjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati,\nayaṁ dutiyo vimokkho.\nSubhanteva adhimutto hoti,\nayaṁ tatiyo vimokkho.\nSabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,\nayaṁ catuttho vimokkho.\nSabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,\nayaṁ pañcamo vimokkho.\nSabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,\nayaṁ chaṭṭho vimokkho.\nSabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,\nayaṁ sattamo vimokkho.\nSabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati,\nayaṁ aṭṭhamo vimokkho.\nIme kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.\n(…)","en":"19. The Eight Liberations\nĀnanda, there are these eight liberations.\nWhat eight?\nHaving physical form, they see forms.\nThis is the first liberation.\nNot perceiving form internally, they see forms externally.\nThis is the second liberation.\nThey’re focused only on beauty.\nThis is the third liberation.\nGoing totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.\nThis is the fourth liberation.\nGoing totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.\nThis is the fifth liberation.\nGoing totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.\nThis is the sixth liberation.\nGoing totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.\nThis is the seventh liberation.\nGoing totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.\nThis is the eighth liberation.\nThese are the eight liberations."}},{"id":"dn16:3.34","sourceIds":["dn16:3.34.1","dn16:3.34.2","dn16:3.34.3","dn16:3.34.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho.\nAtha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:\n‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:","en":"Ānanda, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.\nThen Māra the wicked approached me, stood to one side, and said:\n‘Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.’\nWhen he had spoken, I said to Māra:"}},{"id":"dn16:3.35","sourceIds":["dn16:3.35.1","dn16:3.35.2","dn16:3.35.3","dn16:3.35.4","dn16:3.35.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"‘Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.\nNa tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.\nNa tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.\nNa tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.\nNa tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti.","en":"‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have monk disciples …\nnun disciples …\nlayman disciples …\nlaywoman disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned.\nI shall not be fully extinguished until my spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and fully revealed among gods and humans.’"}},{"id":"dn16:3.36","sourceIds":["dn16:3.36.1","dn16:3.36.2","dn16:3.36.3","dn16:3.36.4","dn16:3.36.5","dn16:3.36.6","dn16:3.36.7","dn16:3.36.8","dn16:3.36.9","dn16:3.36.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:\n‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.\nBhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:\n“na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe…\nyāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe…\nyāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe…\nyāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe…\nyāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan”ti.\nEtarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.\nParinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.","en":"Today, just now at the Cāpāla Shrine Māra the Wicked approached me once more with the same request, reminding me of my former statement, and saying that those conditions had been fulfilled."}},{"id":"dn16:3.37","sourceIds":["dn16:3.37.1","dn16:3.37.2","dn16:3.37.3","dn16:3.37.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:\n‘appossukko tvaṁ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nIto tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti.\nIdāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho”ti.","en":"When he had spoken, I said to Māra:\n‘Relax, Wicked One. The full extinguishment of the Realized One will be soon.\nThree months from now the Realized One will be fully extinguished.’\nSo today, just now at the Cāpāla Shrine, mindful and aware, I surrendered the life force.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.38","sourceIds":["dn16:3.38.0","dn16:3.38.1","dn16:3.38.2","dn16:3.38.3","dn16:3.38.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"20. Ānandayācanakathā\nEvaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.\n“Alaṁ dāni, ānanda.\nMā tathāgataṁ yāci, akālo dāni, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yācanāyā”ti.","en":"20. The Appeal of Ānanda\nWhen he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”\n“Enough now, Ānanda.\nDo not beg the Realized One. Now is not the time to beg the Realized One.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.39","sourceIds":["dn16:3.39.1","dn16:3.39.2","dn16:3.39.3","dn16:3.39.4","dn16:3.39.5","dn16:3.39.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando …pe…\ntatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.\n“Saddahasi tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhin”ti?\n“Evaṁ, bhante”.\n“Atha kiñcarahi tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāvatatiyakaṁ abhinippīḷesī”ti?","en":"For a second time …\nFor a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”\n“Ānanda, do you have faith in the Realized One’s awakening?”\n“Yes, sir.”\n“So why then do you keep pressing me up to the third time?”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.40","sourceIds":["dn16:3.40.1","dn16:3.40.2","dn16:3.40.3","dn16:3.40.4","dn16:3.40.5","dn16:3.40.6","dn16:3.40.7","dn16:3.40.8","dn16:3.40.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:\n‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’”ti.\n“Saddahasi tvaṁ, ānandā”ti?\n“Evaṁ, bhante”.\n“Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ tathāgatena evaṁ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:\n‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.\nSace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.\nTasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.","en":"“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:\n‘Whoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.\nThe Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.’”\n“Do you have faith, Ānanda?”\n“Yes, sir.”\n“Therefore, Ānanda, the misdeed is yours alone, the mistake is yours alone. For even though the Realized One dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign, you didn’t beg me to remain for the proper lifespan, or what’s left of it.\nIf you had begged me, I would have turned you down twice, but consented on the third time.\nTherefore, Ānanda, the misdeed is yours alone, the mistake is yours alone."}},{"id":"dn16:3.41","sourceIds":["dn16:3.41.1","dn16:3.41.2","dn16:3.41.3","dn16:3.41.4","dn16:3.41.5","dn16:3.41.6","dn16:3.41.7","dn16:3.41.8","dn16:3.41.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate.\nTatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:\n‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato.\nYassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.\nEvampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:\n‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.\nSace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.\nTasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.","en":"Ānanda, this one time I was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.\nThere I said to you:\n‘Ānanda, Rājagaha is lovely, and so is the Vulture’s Peak.\nWhoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.\nThe Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.’\nBut you didn’t get it, even though I dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign. You didn’t beg me to remain for the proper lifespan, or what’s left of it.\nIf you had begged me, I would have turned you down twice, but consented on the third time.\nTherefore, Ānanda, the misdeed is yours alone, the mistake is yours alone."}},{"id":"dn16:3.42","sourceIds":["dn16:3.42.1","dn16:3.42.2","dn16:3.42.3","dn16:3.42.4","dn16:3.42.5","dn16:3.42.6","dn16:3.42.7","dn16:3.42.8","dn16:3.42.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe …pe…\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṁ …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane …\ntattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṁ migadāye.","en":"Ānanda, this one time I was staying right there near Rājagaha, at the Gotama banyan tree …\nat Bandit’s Cliff …\nin the Sattapaṇṇi cave on the slopes of Vebhāra …\nat the Black Rock on the slopes of Isigili …\nin the Cool Grove, under the Cobra’s Hood Grotto …\nin the Hot Springs Monastery …\nin the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground …\nin Jīvaka’s Mango Grove …\nin the Maddakucchi deer park …"}},{"id":"dn16:3.43","sourceIds":["dn16:3.43.1","dn16:3.43.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:\n‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṁ jīvakambavanaṁ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṁ migadāyo.","en":"And in each place I said to you:\n‘Ānanda, Rājagaha is lovely, and so are all these places. …"}},{"id":"dn16:3.44","sourceIds":["dn16:3.44.1","dn16:3.44.2","dn16:3.44.3","dn16:3.44.4","dn16:3.44.5","dn16:3.44.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā …pe…\nākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.\nEvampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:\n‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.\nSace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.\nTasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.","en":"If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.’\nBut you didn’t get it, even though I dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign. You didn’t beg me to remain for the proper lifespan, or what’s left of it."}},{"id":"dn16:3.45","sourceIds":["dn16:3.45.1","dn16:3.45.2","dn16:3.45.3","dn16:3.45.4","dn16:3.45.5","dn16:3.45.6","dn16:3.45.7","dn16:3.45.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi udene cetiye.\nTatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:\n‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ.\nYassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.\nEvampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:\n‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.\nSace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.","en":"Ānanda, this one time I was staying right here near Vesālī, at the Udena Shrine …"}},{"id":"dn16:3.46","sourceIds":["dn16:3.46.1","dn16:3.46.2","dn16:3.46.3","dn16:3.46.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe…\nidheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sattambe cetiye …\nidheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye …\nidheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye …","en":"at the Gotamaka Shrine …\nat the Seven Maidens Shrine …\nat the Many Sons Shrine …\nat the Sārandada Shrine …"}},{"id":"dn16:3.47","sourceIds":["dn16:3.47.1","dn16:3.47.2","dn16:3.47.3","dn16:3.47.4","dn16:3.47.5","dn16:3.47.6","dn16:3.47.7","dn16:3.47.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"idāneva kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṁ:\n‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.\nYassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.\nTathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.\nEvampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:\n‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.\nSace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.\nTasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.","en":"and just now, today at the Cāpāla Shrine. There I said to you:\n‘Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Shrines are all lovely.\nWhoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.\nThe Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.’\nBut you didn’t get it, even though I dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign. You didn’t beg me to remain for the proper lifespan, or what’s left of it, saying:\n‘Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.’\nIf you had begged me, I would have turned you down twice, but consented on the third time.\nTherefore, Ānanda, the misdeed is yours alone, the mistake is yours alone."}},{"id":"dn16:3.48","sourceIds":["dn16:3.48.1","dn16:3.48.2","dn16:3.48.3","dn16:3.48.4","dn16:3.48.5","dn16:3.48.6","dn16:3.48.7","dn16:3.48.8","dn16:3.48.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:\n‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo.\nTaṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati’.\nYaṁ kho panetaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṁ vantaṁ muttaṁ pahīnaṁ paṭinissaṭṭhaṁ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṁsena vācā bhāsitā:\n‘na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nIto tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti.\nTañca tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.\nĀyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.","en":"Did I not prepare for this when I explained that\nwe must be parted and separated from all we hold dear and beloved?\nHow could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?\nThe Realized One has discarded, eliminated, released, given up, relinquished, and surrendered the life force. He has categorically stated:\n‘The full extinguishment of the Realized One will be soon.\nThree months from now the Realized One will be fully extinguished.’\nIt’s not possible for the Realized One, for the sake of life, to take back the life force once it has been given up like that.\nCome, Ānanda, let’s go to the Great Wood, the hall with the peaked roof.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied."}},{"id":"dn16:3.49","sourceIds":["dn16:3.49.1","dn16:3.49.2","dn16:3.49.3","dn16:3.49.4","dn16:3.49.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.\n(…)","en":"So the Buddha went with Ānanda to the hall with the peaked roof, and said to him,\n“Go, Ānanda, gather all the mendicants staying in the vicinity of Vesālī together in the assembly hall.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked, went up to him, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,\n“Sir, the mendicant Saṅgha has assembled. Please, sir, go at your convenience.”"}},{"id":"dn16:3.50","sourceIds":["dn16:3.50.1","dn16:3.50.2","dn16:3.50.3","dn16:3.50.4","dn16:3.50.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nNisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.\nKatame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.\nSeyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.","en":"Then the Buddha went to the assembly hall, where he sat down on the seat spread out\nand addressed the mendicants:\n“So, mendicants, having carefully memorized those things I have taught you from my direct knowledge, you should cultivate, develop, and make much of them so that this spiritual practice may last for a long time. That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.\nAnd what are those things I have taught from my direct knowledge?\nThey are: the four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path."}},{"id":"dn16:3.51","sourceIds":["dn16:3.51.1","dn16:3.51.2","dn16:3.51.3","dn16:3.51.4","dn16:3.51.5","dn16:3.51.6","dn16:3.51.7","dn16:3.51.8","dn16:3.51.9","dn16:3.51.10","dn16:3.51.11","dn16:3.51.12","dn16:3.51.13","dn16:3.51.14","dn16:3.51.15","dn16:3.51.16","dn16:3.51.17","dn16:3.51.18","dn16:3.51.19","dn16:3.51.20","dn16:3.51.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo,\nvayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha.\nNaciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nIto tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti.\nIdamavoca bhagavā.\nIdaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:\n“Paripakko vayo mayhaṁ,\nparittaṁ mama jīvitaṁ;\nPahāya vo gamissāmi,\nkataṁ me saraṇamattano.\nAppamattā satīmanto,\nsusīlā hotha bhikkhavo;\nSusamāhitasaṅkappā,\nsacittamanurakkhatha.\nYo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye,\nappamatto vihassati;\nPahāya jātisaṁsāraṁ,\ndukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti.\nTatiyo bhāṇavāro.","en":"These are the things I have taught from my direct knowledge. Having carefully memorized them, you should cultivate, develop, and make much of them so that this spiritual practice may last for a long time. That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.”\nThen the Buddha said to the mendicants:\n“Come now, mendicants, I say to you all:\n‘Conditions fall apart. Persist with diligence.’\nThe full extinguishment of the Realized One will be soon.\nThree months from now the Realized One will be fully extinguished.”\nThat is what the Buddha said.\nThen the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:\n“I’ve reached a ripe old age,\nand little of my life is left.\nHaving given it up, I’ll depart;\nI’ve made a refuge for myself.\nDiligent and mindful,\nbe of good virtues, mendicants!\nWith well-settled thoughts,\ntake good care of your minds.\nWhoever meditates diligently\nin this teaching and training,\ngiving up transmigration through rebirths,\nwill make an end to suffering.”\nThe third recitation section."}},{"id":"dn16:4.1","sourceIds":["dn16:4.1.0","dn16:4.1.1","dn16:4.1.2","dn16:4.1.3","dn16:4.1.4","dn16:4.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"21. Nāgāpalokita\nAtha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.\nVesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṁ vesāliṁ apaloketvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“idaṁ pacchimakaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṁ bhavissati.\nĀyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.","en":"21. The Elephant Look\nThen the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.\nThen, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he turned to gaze back at Vesālī, the way that elephants do. He said to Venerable Ānanda:\n“Ānanda, this will be the last time the Realized One sees Vesālī.\nCome, Ānanda, let’s go to Wares Village.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied."}},{"id":"dn16:4.2","sourceIds":["dn16:4.2.1","dn16:4.2.2","dn16:4.2.3","dn16:4.2.4","dn16:4.2.5","dn16:4.2.6","dn16:4.2.7","dn16:4.2.8","dn16:4.2.9","dn16:4.2.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari.\nTatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati.\nTatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“catunnaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nKatamesaṁ catunnaṁ?\nAriyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nAriyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nAriyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nAriyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.\nTayidaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ sīlaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.","en":"Then the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Wares Village,\nand stayed there.\nThere the Buddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, due to not understanding and not penetrating four things, both you and I have wandered and transmigrated for such a very long time.\nWhat four?\nNoble ethics,\nimmersion,\nwisdom,\nand freedom.\nThese noble ethics, immersion, wisdom, and freedom have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the leash to existence is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.3","sourceIds":["dn16:4.3.1","dn16:4.3.2","dn16:4.3.3","dn16:4.3.4","dn16:4.3.5","dn16:4.3.6","dn16:4.3.7","dn16:4.3.8","dn16:4.3.9","dn16:4.3.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idamavoca bhagavā.\nIdaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:\n“Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca,\nvimutti ca anuttarā;\nAnubuddhā ime dhammā,\ngotamena yasassinā.\nIti buddho abhiññāya,\ndhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṁ;\nDukkhassantakaro satthā,\ncakkhumā parinibbuto”ti.","en":"That is what the Buddha said.\nThen the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say:\n“Ethics, immersion, and wisdom,\nand the supreme freedom:\nthese things have been understood\nby Gotama the renowned.\nAnd so the Buddha, having insight,\nexplained this teaching to the mendicants.\nThe teacher made an end of suffering,\nseeing clearly, he is fully quenched.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.4","sourceIds":["dn16:4.4.1","dn16:4.4.2","dn16:4.4.3","dn16:4.4.4","dn16:4.4.5","dn16:4.4.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrāpi sudaṁ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying there, too, he often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.5","sourceIds":["dn16:4.5.0","dn16:4.5.1","dn16:4.5.2","dn16:4.5.3","dn16:4.5.4","dn16:4.5.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"22. Catumahāpadesakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo,\nyena ambagāmo,\nyena jambugāmo,\nyena bhoganagaraṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.","en":"22. The Four Great References\nWhen the Buddha had stayed in Wares Village as long as he pleased, he addressed Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Elephant Village.” …\n“Let’s go to Mango Village.” …\n“Let’s go to Black Plum Village.” …\n“Let’s go to Bhoga City.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.6","sourceIds":["dn16:4.6.1","dn16:4.6.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena bhoganagaraṁ tadavasari.","en":"“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Bhoga City,"}},{"id":"dn16:4.7","sourceIds":["dn16:4.7.1","dn16:4.7.2","dn16:4.7.3","dn16:4.7.4","dn16:4.7.5","dn16:4.7.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye.\nTatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi,\ntaṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.\nBhagavā etadavoca:","en":"where he stayed at the Ānanda Shrine.\nThere the Buddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Mendicants, I will teach you the four great references.\nListen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”\n“Yes, sir,” they replied.\nThe Buddha said this:"}},{"id":"dn16:4.8","sourceIds":["dn16:4.8.1","dn16:4.8.2","dn16:4.8.3","dn16:4.8.4","dn16:4.8.5","dn16:4.8.6","dn16:4.8.7","dn16:4.8.8","dn16:4.8.9","dn16:4.8.10","dn16:4.8.11","dn16:4.8.12","dn16:4.8.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:\n‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,\nayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.\nTassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.\nAnabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\nimassa ca bhikkhuno duggahitan’ti.\nIti hetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\nimassa ca bhikkhuno suggahitan’ti.\nIdaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.","en":"“Take a mendicant who says:\n‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:\nthis is the teaching, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’\nYou should neither approve nor reject that mendicant’s statement.\nInstead, having carefully memorized those words and phrases, you should make sure they fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training.\nIf they do not fit in the discourse and are not exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been incorrectly memorized by that mendicant.’\nAnd so you should discard it.\nIf they do fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been correctly memorized by that mendicant.’\nYou should remember it. This is the first great reference."}},{"id":"dn16:4.9","sourceIds":["dn16:4.9.1","dn16:4.9.2","dn16:4.9.3","dn16:4.9.4","dn16:4.9.5","dn16:4.9.6","dn16:4.9.7","dn16:4.9.8","dn16:4.9.9","dn16:4.9.10","dn16:4.9.11","dn16:4.9.12","dn16:4.9.13","dn16:4.9.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:\n‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho.\nTassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,\nayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.\nTassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.\nAnabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntassa ca saṅghassa duggahitan’ti.\nItihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntassa ca saṅghassa suggahitan’ti.\nIdaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.","en":"Take another mendicant who says:\n‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders.\nI’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that Saṅgha:\nthis is the teaching, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’\nYou should neither approve nor reject that mendicant’s statement.\nInstead, having carefully memorized those words and phrases, you should make sure they fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training.\nIf they do not fit in the discourse and are not exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been incorrectly memorized by that Saṅgha.’\nAnd so you should discard it.\nIf they do fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been correctly memorized by that Saṅgha.’\nYou should remember it. This is the second great reference."}},{"id":"dn16:4.10","sourceIds":["dn16:4.10.1","dn16:4.10.2","dn16:4.10.3","dn16:4.10.4","dn16:4.10.5","dn16:4.10.6","dn16:4.10.7","dn16:4.10.8","dn16:4.10.9","dn16:4.10.10","dn16:4.10.11","dn16:4.10.12","dn16:4.10.13","dn16:4.10.14","dn16:4.10.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:\n‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā.\nTesaṁ me therānaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ—\nayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.\nTassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ …\npe…\nna ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntesañca therānaṁ duggahitan’ti.\nItihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni …pe…\nvinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntesañca therānaṁ suggahitan’ti.\nIdaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.","en":"Take another mendicant who says:\n‘In such-and-such monastery there are several senior mendicants who are very learned, inheritors of the heritage, who have memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines.\nI’ve heard and learned this in the presence of those senior mendicants:\nthis is the teaching, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’\nYou should neither approve nor reject that mendicant’s statement.\nInstead, having carefully memorized those words and phrases, you should make sure they fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training.\nIf they do not fit in the discourse and are not exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.\nIt has not been correctly memorized by those senior mendicants.’\nAnd so you should discard it.\nIf they do fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been correctly memorized by those senior mendicants.’\nYou should remember it. This is the third great reference."}},{"id":"dn16:4.11","sourceIds":["dn16:4.11.1","dn16:4.11.2","dn16:4.11.3","dn16:4.11.4","dn16:4.11.5","dn16:4.11.6","dn16:4.11.7","dn16:4.11.8","dn16:4.11.9","dn16:4.11.10","dn16:4.11.11","dn16:4.11.12","dn16:4.11.13","dn16:4.11.14","dn16:4.11.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:\n‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo.\nTassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ—\nayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.\nTassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.\nAnabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.\nTāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntassa ca therassa duggahitan’ti.\nItihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.\nTāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:\n‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;\ntassa ca therassa suggahitan’ti.\nIdaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.\nIme kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā”ti.","en":"Take another mendicant who says:\n‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior mendicant who is very learned, an inheritor of the heritage, who has memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines.\nI’ve heard and learned this in the presence of that senior mendicant:\nthis is the teaching, this is the training, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’\nYou should neither approve nor reject that mendicant’s statement.\nInstead, having carefully memorized those words and phrases, you should make sure they fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training.\nIf they do not fit in the discourse and are not exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been incorrectly memorized by that senior mendicant.’\nAnd so you should discard it.\nIf they do fit in the discourse and are exhibited in the training, you should draw the conclusion:\n‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.\nIt has been correctly memorized by that senior mendicant.’\nYou should remember it. This is the fourth great reference.\nThese are the four great references.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.12","sourceIds":["dn16:4.12.1","dn16:4.12.2","dn16:4.12.3","dn16:4.12.4","dn16:4.12.5","dn16:4.12.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:\n“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.\nSīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.\nSamādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.\nPaññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—\nkāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.","en":"And while staying at the Ānanda Shrine, too, the Buddha often gave this Dhamma talk to the mendicants:\n“Such is ethics, such is immersion, such is wisdom.\nWhen immersion is imbued with ethics it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen wisdom is imbued with immersion it’s very fruitful and beneficial.\nWhen the mind is imbued with wisdom it is rightly freed from the defilements, namely,\nthe defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.13","sourceIds":["dn16:4.13.0","dn16:4.13.1","dn16:4.13.2","dn16:4.13.3","dn16:4.13.4","dn16:4.13.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"23. Kammāraputtacundavatthu\nAtha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāvā tadavasari.\nTatra sudaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.","en":"23. On Cunda the Smith\nWhen the Buddha had stayed in Bhoga City as long as he pleased, he addressed Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Pāvā.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nThen the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants arrived at Pāvā,\nwhere he stayed in Cunda the smith’s mango grove."}},{"id":"dn16:4.14","sourceIds":["dn16:4.14.1","dn16:4.14.2","dn16:4.14.3","dn16:4.14.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto: “bhagavā kira pāvaṁ anuppatto, pāvāyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti.\nAtha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.\nAtha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:","en":"Cunda heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in his mango grove.\nThen he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.\nThe Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.\nThen Cunda said to the Buddha,"}},{"id":"dn16:4.15","sourceIds":["dn16:4.15.1","dn16:4.15.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.\nAdhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.","en":"“Sir, would the Buddha, together with the mendicant Saṅgha, please accept tomorrow’s meal from me?”\nThe Buddha consented with silence."}},{"id":"dn16:4.16","sourceIds":["dn16:4.16.1"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.","en":"Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Cunda rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving."}},{"id":"dn16:4.17","sourceIds":["dn16:4.17.1","dn16:4.17.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṁ bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:\n“kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.","en":"And when the night had passed Cunda had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home, and plenty of pork on the turn. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,\n“Sir, it’s time. The meal is ready.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.18","sourceIds":["dn16:4.18.1","dn16:4.18.2","dn16:4.18.3","dn16:4.18.4","dn16:4.18.5","dn16:4.18.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.\nNisajja kho bhagavā cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ āmantesi:\n“yaṁ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena maṁ parivisa.\nYaṁ panaññaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhagavantaṁ parivisi.\nYaṁ panaññaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisi.","en":"Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Cunda together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat down on the seat spread out\nand addressed Cunda,\n“Cunda, please serve me with the pork on the turn that you’ve prepared.\nAnd serve the mendicant Saṅgha with the other foods.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda, and did as he was asked."}},{"id":"dn16:4.19","sourceIds":["dn16:4.19.1","dn16:4.19.2","dn16:4.19.3","dn16:4.19.4","dn16:4.19.5","dn16:4.19.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ āmantesi:\n“yaṁ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi.\nNāhaṁ taṁ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṁ paribhuttaṁ sammā pariṇāmaṁ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.\n(…)","en":"Then the Buddha addressed Cunda,\n“Cunda, any pork on the turn that’s left over, you should bury it in a pit.\nI don’t see anyone in this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who could properly digest it except the Realized One.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda. He did as he was asked, then came back to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.\nThen the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he rose from his seat and left."}},{"id":"dn16:4.20","sourceIds":["dn16:4.20.1","dn16:4.20.2","dn16:4.20.3","dn16:4.20.4","dn16:4.20.5","dn16:4.20.6","dn16:4.20.7","dn16:4.20.8","dn16:4.20.9","dn16:4.20.10","dn16:4.20.11","dn16:4.20.12","dn16:4.20.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṁ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.\nTā sudaṁ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nCundassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā,\nkammārassāti me sutaṁ;\nĀbādhaṁ samphusī dhīro,\npabāḷhaṁ māraṇantikaṁ.\nBhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,\nByādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;\nVirecamāno bhagavā avoca,\n“Gacchāmahaṁ kusināraṁ nagaran”ti.","en":"After the Buddha had eaten Cunda’s meal, he fell severely ill with bloody dysentery, struck by dreadful pains, close to death.\nBut he endured unbothered, with mindfulness and situational awareness.\nThen he addressed Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to Kusinārā.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nI’ve heard that after eating\nthe meal of Cunda the smith,\nthe attentive one fell severely ill,\nwith pains, close to death.\nA severe sickness struck the Teacher\nwho had eaten the pork on the turn.\nWhile still purging the Buddha said:\n“I’ll go to the citadel of Kusinārā.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.21","sourceIds":["dn16:4.21.0","dn16:4.21.1","dn16:4.21.2","dn16:4.21.3","dn16:4.21.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"24. Pānīyāharaṇa\nAtha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṁ rukkhamūlaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.\nNisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane.","en":"24. Bringing a Drink\nThen the Buddha left the road and went to the root of a certain tree, where he addressed Ānanda,\n“Go on then, Ānanda, fold my outer robe in four and spread it out for me. I am tired and will sit down.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda, and did as he was asked.\nThe Buddha sat down on the seat spread out."}},{"id":"dn16:4.22","sourceIds":["dn16:4.22.1","dn16:4.22.2","dn16:4.22.3","dn16:4.22.4","dn16:4.22.5","dn16:4.22.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṁ cakkacchinnaṁ udakaṁ parittaṁ luḷitaṁ āvilaṁ sandati.\nAyaṁ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā.\nEttha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī karissatī”ti.","en":"When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda,\n“Go on then, Ānanda, fetch me some water. I am thirsty and will drink.”\nWhen he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, just now around five hundred carts have passed by. The shallow water has been churned up by their wheels, and it flows cloudy and murky.\nThe Kakudhā River is not far away, with clear, sweet, cool water, clean, with smooth banks, delightful.\nThere the Buddha can drink and cool his limbs.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.23","sourceIds":["dn16:4.23.1","dn16:4.23.2","dn16:4.23.3","dn16:4.23.4","dn16:4.23.5","dn16:4.23.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.\nDutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṁ cakkacchinnaṁ udakaṁ parittaṁ luḷitaṁ āvilaṁ sandati.\nAyaṁ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā.\nEttha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī”ti.","en":"For a second time, the Buddha asked Ānanda for a drink,\nand for a second time Ānanda suggested going to the Kakudhā River."}},{"id":"dn16:4.24","sourceIds":["dn16:4.24.1","dn16:4.24.2","dn16:4.24.3","dn16:4.24.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṁ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami.\nAtha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha.","en":"And for a third time, the Buddha said to Ānanda,\n“Go on then, Ānanda, fetch me some water. I am thirsty and will drink.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his bowl he went to the river.\nNow, though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when Ānanda approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded."}},{"id":"dn16:4.25","sourceIds":["dn16:4.25.1","dn16:4.25.2","dn16:4.25.3","dn16:4.25.4","dn16:4.25.5","dn16:4.25.6","dn16:4.25.7","dn16:4.25.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:\n“acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.\nAyañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī”ti.\nPattena pānīyaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.\nIdāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha.\nPivatu bhagavā pānīyaṁ pivatu sugato pānīyan”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā pānīyaṁ apāyi.","en":"Then Ānanda thought,\n“Oh lord, how incredible, how amazing! The Realized One has such psychic power and might!\nFor though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when I approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded.”\nGathering a bowl of drinking water he went back to the Buddha, and said to him,\n“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has such psychic power and might!\nJust now, though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when I approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded.\nDrink the water, Blessed One! Drink the water, Holy One!”\nSo the Buddha drank the water."}},{"id":"dn16:4.26","sourceIds":["dn16:4.26.0","dn16:4.26.1","dn16:4.26.2","dn16:4.26.3","dn16:4.26.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"25. Pukkusamallaputtavatthu\nTena kho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.\nAddasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ.\nDisvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.","en":"25. On Pukkusa the Malla\nNow at that time Pukkusa the Mallian, a disciple of Āḷāra Kālāma, was traveling along the road from Kusinārā to Pāvā.\nHe saw the Buddha sitting at the root of a certain tree.\nHe went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,\n“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! Those who have gone forth remain in such peaceful meditations."}},{"id":"dn16:4.27","sourceIds":["dn16:4.27.1","dn16:4.27.2","dn16:4.27.3","dn16:4.27.4","dn16:4.27.5","dn16:4.27.6","dn16:4.27.7","dn16:4.27.8","dn16:4.27.9","dn16:4.27.10","dn16:4.27.11","dn16:4.27.12","dn16:4.27.13","dn16:4.27.14","dn16:4.27.15","dn16:4.27.16","dn16:4.27.17","dn16:4.27.18"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭipanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi.\nAtha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṁ kālāmaṁ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṁsu.\nAtha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṁ kālāmaṁ etadavoca:\n‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saddaṁ assosī’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti?\n‘Evamāvuso’ti.\n‘So tvaṁ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṁ assosi;\napisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti?\n‘Evamāvuso’ti.\nAtha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi:\n‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.\nYatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti.\nĀḷāre kālāme uḷāraṁ pasādaṁ pavedetvā pakkāmī”ti.","en":"Once it so happened that Āḷāra Kālāma, while traveling along a road, left the road and sat at the root of a nearby tree for the day’s meditation.\nThen around five hundred carts passed by right beside Āḷāra Kālāma.\nThen a certain person coming behind those carts went up to Āḷāra Kālāma and said to him:\n‘Sir, didn’t you see the five hundred carts pass by?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I didn’t see them.’\n‘But sir, didn’t you hear a sound?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I didn’t hear a sound.’\n‘But sir, were you asleep?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I wasn’t asleep.’\n‘But sir, were you conscious?’\n‘Yes, respectable sir.’\n‘So, sir, while conscious and awake you neither saw nor heard a sound as five hundred carts passed by right beside you?\nWhy sir, even your outer robe is covered with dust!’\n‘Yes, respectable sir.’\nThen that person thought:\n‘Oh lord, how incredible, how amazing! Those who have gone forth remain in such peaceful meditations,\nin that, while conscious and awake he neither saw nor heard a sound as five hundred carts passed by right next to him.’\nAnd after declaring his lofty confidence in Āḷāra Kālāma, he left.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.28","sourceIds":["dn16:4.28.1","dn16:4.28.2","dn16:4.28.3","dn16:4.28.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, pukkusa,\nkatamaṁ nu kho dukkarataraṁ vā durabhisambhavataraṁ vā—\nyo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyya;\nyo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti?","en":"“What do you think, Pukkusa?\nWhich is harder and more challenging to do while conscious and awake:\nto neither see nor hear a sound as five hundred carts pass by right next to you?\nOr to neither see nor hear a sound as the heavens are raining and pouring, lightning’s flashing, and thunder’s cracking?”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.29","sourceIds":["dn16:4.29.1","dn16:4.29.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṁ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vā.\nAtha kho etadeva dukkaratarañceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti.","en":"“What do five hundred carts matter, or six hundred, or seven hundred, or eight hundred, or nine hundred, or a thousand, or even a hundred thousand carts?\nIt’s far harder and more challenging to neither see nor hear a sound as the heavens are raining and pouring, lightning’s flashing, and thunder’s cracking!”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.30","sourceIds":["dn16:4.30.1","dn16:4.30.2","dn16:4.30.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Ekamidāhaṁ, pukkusa, samayaṁ ātumāyaṁ viharāmi bhusāgāre.\nTena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā.\nAtha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami.","en":"“This one time, Pukkusa, I was staying near Ātumā in a threshing-hut.\nAt that time the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking. And not far from the threshing-hut two farmers who were brothers were killed, as well as four oxen.\nThen a large crowd came from Ātumā to the place where that happened."}},{"id":"dn16:4.31","sourceIds":["dn16:4.31.1","dn16:4.31.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho panāhaṁ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi.\nAtha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho ahaṁ, pukkusa, taṁ purisaṁ etadavocaṁ:","en":"Now at that time I came out of the threshing-hut and was walking mindfully in the open near the door of the hut.\nThen having left that crowd, a certain person approached me, bowed, and stood to one side. I said to them,"}},{"id":"dn16:4.32","sourceIds":["dn16:4.32.1","dn16:4.32.2","dn16:4.32.3","dn16:4.32.4","dn16:4.32.5","dn16:4.32.6","dn16:4.32.7","dn16:4.32.8","dn16:4.32.9","dn16:4.32.10","dn16:4.32.11","dn16:4.32.12","dn16:4.32.13","dn16:4.32.14","dn16:4.32.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"‘kiṁ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti?\n‘Idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā.\nEttheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito.\nTvaṁ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti?\n‘Idheva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ahosin’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, addasā’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saddaṁ assosī’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti?\n‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.\n‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti?\n‘Evamāvuso’ti.\n‘So tvaṁ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṁ assosī’ti?\n‘Evamāvuso’ti.","en":"‘Why, respectable sir, has this crowd gathered?’\n‘Just now, sir, the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking. And two farmers who were brothers were killed, as well as four oxen.\nThen this crowd gathered here.\nBut sir, where were you?’\n‘I was right here, respectable sir.’\n‘But sir, did you see?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I didn’t see anything.’\n‘But sir, didn’t you hear a sound?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I didn’t hear a sound.’\n‘But sir, were you asleep?’\n‘No, respectable sir, I wasn’t asleep.’\n‘But sir, were you conscious?’\n‘Yes, respectable sir.’\n‘So, sir, while conscious and awake you neither saw nor heard a sound as the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking?’\n‘Yes, respectable sir.’"}},{"id":"dn16:4.33","sourceIds":["dn16:4.33.1","dn16:4.33.2","dn16:4.33.3","dn16:4.33.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho, pukkusa, tassa purisassa etadahosi:\n‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.\nYatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti.\nMayi uḷāraṁ pasādaṁ pavedetvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmī”ti.","en":"Then that person thought:\n‘Oh lord, how incredible, how amazing! Those who have gone forth remain in such peaceful meditations,\nin that, while conscious and awake he neither saw nor heard a sound as the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking.’\nAnd after declaring their lofty confidence in me, they bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on their right, before leaving.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.34","sourceIds":["dn16:4.34.1","dn16:4.34.2","dn16:4.34.3","dn16:4.34.4","dn16:4.34.5","dn16:4.34.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“esāhaṁ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṁ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi.\nAbhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.\nSeyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.\nEsāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.\nUpāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.","en":"When he said this, Pukkusa said to him,\n“Any confidence I had in Āḷāra Kālāma I whisk away as in a strong wind, or glide away as down a swift stream.\nExcellent, sir! Excellent!\nAs if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.\nI go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.\nFrom this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.35","sourceIds":["dn16:4.35.1","dn16:4.35.2","dn16:4.35.3","dn16:4.35.4","dn16:4.35.5","dn16:4.35.6","dn16:4.35.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āharā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āhari.\nAtha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi:\n“idaṁ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ, taṁ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti.\n“Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṁ acchādehi, ekena ānandan”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ.","en":"Then Pukkusa addressed a certain man,\n“Go on then, lad, fetch me a pair of ready to wear garments the color of mountain gold.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied that man, and did as he was asked.\nThen Pukkusa brought the garments to the Buddha,\n“Sir, please accept this pair of ready to wear garments the color of mountain gold from me out of sympathy.”\n“Well then, Pukkusa, clothe me in one, and Ānanda in the other.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so."}},{"id":"dn16:4.36","sourceIds":["dn16:4.36.1","dn16:4.36.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.\nAtha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.","en":"Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Pukkusa the Malla with a Dhamma talk,\nafter which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving."}},{"id":"dn16:4.37","sourceIds":["dn16:4.37.1","dn16:4.37.2","dn16:4.37.3","dn16:4.37.4","dn16:4.37.5","dn16:4.37.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi.\nTaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.\nIdaṁ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyatī”ti.\n“Evametaṁ, ānanda, evametaṁ, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.","en":"Then, not long after Pukkusa had left, Ānanda placed the pair of garments the color of mountain gold by the Buddha’s body.\nBut when placed by the Buddha’s body they seemed to lose their sheen.\nThen Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing, how pure and bright is the color of the Realized One’s skin.\nWhen this pair of ready to wear garments the color of mountain gold is placed by the Buddha’s body they seem to lose their sheen.”\n“That’s so true, Ānanda, that’s so true! There are two times when the color of the Realized One’s skin becomes extra pure and bright."}},{"id":"dn16:4.38","sourceIds":["dn16:4.38.1","dn16:4.38.2","dn16:4.38.3","dn16:4.38.4","dn16:4.38.5","dn16:4.38.6","dn16:4.38.7","dn16:4.38.8","dn16:4.38.9","dn16:4.38.10","dn16:4.38.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Katamesu dvīsu?\nYañca, ānanda, rattiṁ tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṁ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati.\nImesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.\nAjja kho panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṁ upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nĀyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nSiṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ,\npukkuso abhihārayi;\nTena acchādito satthā,\nhemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.\n(…)","en":"What two?\nThe night when a Realized One awakens to the supreme perfect awakening; and the night he becomes fully extinguished in the element of extinguishment with no residue.\nThese are the are two times when the color of the Realized One’s skin becomes extra pure and bright.\nToday, Ānanda, in the last watch of the night, between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā, shall be the Realized One’s full extinguishment.\nCome, Ānanda, let’s go to the Kakudhā River.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nA pair of garments the color of mountain gold\nwas presented by Pukkusa;\nwhen the Teacher was clothed with them,\nhis snow gold skin glowed bright."}},{"id":"dn16:4.39","sourceIds":["dn16:4.39.1","dn16:4.39.2","dn16:4.39.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṁ nadiṁ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami.\nUpasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ cundakaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, cundaka, catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī”ti.","en":"Then the Buddha together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants went to the Kakudhā River. He plunged into the river and bathed and drank. And when he had emerged, he went to the mango grove,\nwhere he addressed Venerable Cundaka,\n“Go on then, Cundaka, fold my outer robe in four and spread it out for me. I am tired and will lie down.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.40","sourceIds":["dn16:4.40.1","dn16:4.40.2","dn16:4.40.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.\nAtha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappesi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasikaritvā.\nĀyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.","en":"“Yes, sir,” replied Cundaka, and did as he was asked.\nAnd then the Buddha laid down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up.\nBut Cundaka sat down right there in front of the Buddha."}},{"id":"dn16:4.41","sourceIds":["dn16:4.41.1","dn16:4.41.2","dn16:4.41.3","dn16:4.41.4","dn16:4.41.5","dn16:4.41.6","dn16:4.41.7","dn16:4.41.8","dn16:4.41.9","dn16:4.41.10","dn16:4.41.11","dn16:4.41.12","dn16:4.41.13","dn16:4.41.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Gantvāna buddho nadikaṁ kakudhaṁ,\nAcchodakaṁ sātudakaṁ vippasannaṁ;\nOgāhi satthā akilantarūpo,\nTathāgato appaṭimo ca loke.\nNhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā,\nPurakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;\nVattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,\nUpāgami ambavanaṁ mahesi.\nĀmantayi cundakaṁ nāma bhikkhuṁ,\nCatugguṇaṁ santhara me nipajjaṁ;\nSo codito bhāvitattena cundo,\nCatugguṇaṁ santhari khippameva;\nNipajji satthā akilantarūpo,\nCundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.","en":"Having gone to Kakudhā Creek,\nwhose water was transparent, sweet, and clear,\nthe Teacher, being tired, plunged in,\nthe Realized One, without compare in the world.\nAnd after bathing and drinking the Teacher emerged.\nBefore the group of mendicants, in the middle, the Buddha,\nthe Teacher who rolled forth the present dispensation,\nthe great seer went to the mango grove.\nHe addressed the mendicant named Cundaka:\n“Spread out my folded robe so I can lie down.”\nThe evolved one urged Cunda,\nwho quickly spread the folded robe.\nThe Teacher lay down so tired,\nwhile Cunda sat there before him."}},{"id":"dn16:4.42","sourceIds":["dn16:4.42.1","dn16:4.42.2","dn16:4.42.3","dn16:4.42.4","dn16:4.42.5","dn16:4.42.6","dn16:4.42.7","dn16:4.42.8","dn16:4.42.9","dn16:4.42.10","dn16:4.42.11","dn16:4.42.12","dn16:4.42.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“siyā kho panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṁ uppādeyya:\n‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṁ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti.\nCundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṁ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo:\n‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṁ,\nyassa te tathāgato pacchimaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto.\nSammukhā metaṁ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:\ndveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca.\nKatame dve?\nYañca piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati.\nIme dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca.\nĀyusaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, vaṇṇasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, sukhasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, yasasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, saggasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, ādhipateyyasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitan’ti.\nCundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṁ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo”ti.","en":"Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda:\n“Now it may happen, Ānanda, that someone may give rise to regret in Cunda the smith:\n‘It’s your loss, respected Cunda, it’s your misfortune, in that the Realized One was fully quenched after eating his last almsmeal from you.’\nYou should dispel remorse in Cunda the smith like this:\n‘You’re fortunate, respected Cunda, you’re so very fortunate,\nin that the Realized One was fully quenched after eating his last almsmeal from you.\nI have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha.\nThere are two almsmeal offerings that have identical fruit and result, and are more fruitful and beneficial than other almsmeal offerings.\nWhat two?\nThe almsmeal after eating which a Realized One awakens to the supreme perfect awakening; and the almsmeal after eating which he becomes fully extinguished in the element of extinguishment with no residue.\nThese two almsmeal offerings have identical fruit and result, and are more fruitful and beneficial than other almsmeal offerings.\nYou’ve accumulated a deed that leads to long life, beauty, happiness, fame, heaven, and sovereignty.’\nThat’s how you should dispel remorse in Cunda the smith.”"}},{"id":"dn16:4.43","sourceIds":["dn16:4.43.1","dn16:4.43.2","dn16:4.43.3","dn16:4.43.4","dn16:4.43.5","dn16:4.43.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:\n“Dadato puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati,\nSaṁyamato veraṁ na cīyati;\nKusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṁ,\nRāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto”ti.\nCatuttho bhāṇavāro.","en":"Then, understanding this matter, on that occasion the Buddha expressed this heartfelt sentiment:\n“A giver’s merit grows;\nenmity doesn’t build up when you have self-control.\nA skillful person gives up bad things—\nwith the end of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re quenched.”\nThe fourth recitation section."}},{"id":"dn16:5.1","sourceIds":["dn16:5.1.0","dn16:5.1.1","dn16:5.1.2","dn16:5.1.3","dn16:5.1.4","dn16:5.1.5","dn16:5.1.6","dn16:5.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"26. Yamakasālā\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.\nAtha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṁ uttarasīsakaṁ mañcakaṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṁ uttarasīsakaṁ mañcakaṁ paññapesi.\nAtha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappesi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno.","en":"26. The Pair of Sal Trees\nThen the Buddha said to Ānanda,\n“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the far shore of the Golden River, and on to the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.\nAnd that’s where they went. Then the Buddha addressed Ānanda,\n“Go on then, Ānanda, set up a cot for me between the twin sal trees, with my head to the north. I am tired and will lie down.”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda, and did as he was asked.\nAnd then the Buddha laid down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware."}},{"id":"dn16:5.2","sourceIds":["dn16:5.2.1","dn16:5.2.2","dn16:5.2.3","dn16:5.2.4","dn16:5.2.5","dn16:5.2.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi.\nTe tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.","en":"Now at that time the twin sal trees were in full blossom with flowers out of season.\nThey sprinkled and bestrewed the Realized One’s body in honor of the Realized One.\nAnd the flowers of the heavenly Flame Tree fell from the sky, and they too sprinkled and bestrewed the Realized One’s body in honor of the Realized One.\nAnd heavenly sandalwood powder fell from the sky, and it too sprinkled and bestrewed the Realized One’s body in honor of the Realized One.\nAnd heavenly music played in midair in honor of the Realized One.\nAnd heavenly choirs sang in midair in honor of the Realized One."}},{"id":"dn16:5.3","sourceIds":["dn16:5.3.1","dn16:5.3.2","dn16:5.3.3","dn16:5.3.4","dn16:5.3.5","dn16:5.3.6","dn16:5.3.7","dn16:5.3.8","dn16:5.3.9","dn16:5.3.10","dn16:5.3.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi.\nTe tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nDibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.\nNa kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā.\nYo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya.\nTasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti.\nEvañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabban”ti.","en":"Then the Buddha pointed out to Ānanda what was happening, adding:\n“That’s not the full extent of how the Realized One is honored, respected, revered, venerated, and esteemed.\nAny monk or nun or male or female lay follower who practices in line with the teaching, practicing properly, living in line with the teaching—they honor, respect, revere, venerate, and esteem the Realized One with the highest honor.\nSo Ānanda, you should train like this: ‘We shall practice in line with the teaching, practicing properly, living in line with the teaching.’”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.4","sourceIds":["dn16:5.4.0","dn16:5.4.1","dn16:5.4.2","dn16:5.4.3","dn16:5.4.4","dn16:5.4.5","dn16:5.4.6","dn16:5.4.7","dn16:5.4.8","dn16:5.4.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"27. Upavāṇatthera\nTena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāresi:\n“apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:\n“ayaṁ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.\nAtha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:\n‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti.\nKo nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:\n‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’”ti?","en":"27. The Monk Upavāṇa\nNow at that time Venerable Upavāṇa was standing in front of the Buddha fanning him.\nThen the Buddha made him move,\n“Move over, mendicant, don’t stand in front of me.”\nĀnanda thought,\n“This Venerable Upavāṇa has been the Buddha’s attendant for a long time, close to him, living in his presence.\nYet in his final hour the Buddha makes him move, saying:\n‘Move over, mendicant, don’t stand in front of me.’\nWhat is the cause, what is the reason for this?”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.5","sourceIds":["dn16:5.5.1","dn16:5.5.2","dn16:5.5.3","dn16:5.5.4","dn16:5.5.5","dn16:5.5.6","dn16:5.5.7","dn16:5.5.8","dn16:5.5.9","dn16:5.5.10","dn16:5.5.11","dn16:5.5.12","dn16:5.5.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“ayaṁ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.\nAtha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:\n‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti.\nKo nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:\n‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’”ti?\n“Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṁ dassanāya.\nYāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo.\nDevatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti:\n‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṁ dassanāya.\nKadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā.\nAjjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAyañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṁ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.","en":"Then Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“This Venerable Upavāṇa has been the Buddha’s attendant for a long time, close to him, living in his presence.\nYet in his final hour the Buddha makes him move, saying:\n‘Move over, mendicant, don’t stand in front of me.’\nWhat is the cause, sir, what is the reason for this?”\n“Most of the deities from ten solar systems have gathered to see the Realized One.\nFor twelve leagues all around this sal grove there’s no spot, not even a fraction of a hair’s tip, that’s not crowded full of illustrious deities.\nThe deities are complaining:\n‘We’ve come such a long way to see the Realized One!\nOnly rarely do Realized Ones arise in the world, perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas.\nThis very day, in the last watch of the night, the Realized One will be fully extinguished.\nAnd this illustrious mendicant is standing in front of the Buddha blocking the view. We won’t get to see the Realized One in his final hour!’”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.6","sourceIds":["dn16:5.6.1","dn16:5.6.2","dn16:5.6.3","dn16:5.6.4","dn16:5.6.5","dn16:5.6.6","dn16:5.6.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti?\n“Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti.\nSantānanda, devatā pathaviyaṁ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti.\nYā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:\n‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā’”ti.","en":"“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?”\n“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in space and on the earth—who are aware of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting:\n‘Too soon the Blessed One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World will vanish!’\nBut the deities who are free of desire endure, mindful and aware, thinking:\n‘Conditions are impermanent. How could it possibly be otherwise?’”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.7","sourceIds":["dn16:5.7.0","dn16:5.7.1","dn16:5.7.2","dn16:5.7.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"28. Catusaṁvejanīyaṭhāna\n“Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṁ dassanāya.\nTe mayaṁ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya.\nBhagavato pana mayaṁ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti.","en":"28. The Four Inspiring Places\n“Previously, sir, when mendicants had completed the rainy season residence in various districts they came to see the Realized One.\nWe got to see the esteemed mendicants, and to pay homage to them.\nBut when the Buddha has passed, we won’t get to see the esteemed mendicants or to pay homage to them.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.8","sourceIds":["dn16:5.8.1","dn16:5.8.2","dn16:5.8.3","dn16:5.8.4","dn16:5.8.5","dn16:5.8.6","dn16:5.8.7","dn16:5.8.8","dn16:5.8.9","dn16:5.8.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṁvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.\nKatamāni cattāri?\n‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.\n‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.\n‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitan’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.\n‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.\nImāni kho, ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṁvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.\nĀgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo:\n‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitan’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi.\nYe hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṁ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṁ karissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissantī”ti.","en":"“Ānanda, a faithful gentleman should go to see these four inspiring places.\nWhat four?\nThinking: ‘Here the Realized One was born!’—that is an inspiring place.\nThinking: ‘Here the Realized One became awakened as a supreme fully awakened Buddha!’—that is an inspiring place.\nThinking: ‘Here the supreme Wheel of Dhamma was rolled forth by the Realized One!’—that is an inspiring place.\nThinking: ‘Here the Realized One was fully quenched in the element of extinguishment with no residue!’—that is an inspiring place.\nThese are the four inspiring places that a faithful gentleman should go to see.\nFaithful monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen will come, and think:\n‘Here the Realized One was born!’ and ‘Here the Realized One became awakened as a supreme fully awakened Buddha!’ and ‘Here the supreme Wheel of Dhamma was rolled forth by the Realized One!’ and ‘Here the Realized One was fully quenched in the element of extinguishment with no residue!’\nAnyone who passes away while on pilgrimage to these shrines will, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.9","sourceIds":["dn16:5.9.0","dn16:5.9.1","dn16:5.9.2","dn16:5.9.3","dn16:5.9.4","dn16:5.9.5","dn16:5.9.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"29. Ānandapucchākathā\n“Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā”ti?\n“Adassanaṁ, ānandā”ti.\n“Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṁ paṭipajjitabban”ti?\n“Anālāpo, ānandā”ti.\n“Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṁ paṭipajjitabban”ti?\n“Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā”ti.","en":"29. Ānanda’s Questions\n“Sir, how do we proceed when it comes to ladies?”\n“Without looking, Ānanda.”\n“But when looking, how to proceed?”\n“Without chatting, Ānanda.”\n“But when chatting, how to proceed?”\n“Be mindful, Ānanda.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.10","sourceIds":["dn16:5.10.1","dn16:5.10.2","dn16:5.10.3","dn16:5.10.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti?\n“Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya.\nIṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha.\nSantānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṁ karissantī”ti.","en":"“Sir, how do we proceed when it comes to the Realized One’s corpse?”\n“Don’t get involved in the rites for venerating the Realized One’s corpse, Ānanda.\nPlease, Ānanda, you must all strive and practice for your heart’s goal! Meditate diligent, keen, and resolute for your heart’s goal!\nThere are astute aristocrats, brahmins, and householders who are devoted to the Realized One. They will perform the rites for venerating the Realized One’s corpse.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.11","sourceIds":["dn16:5.11.1","dn16:5.11.2","dn16:5.11.3","dn16:5.11.4","dn16:5.11.5","dn16:5.11.6","dn16:5.11.7","dn16:5.11.8","dn16:5.11.9","dn16:5.11.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti?\n“Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti.\n“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti?\n“Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti.\nEtenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ jhāpenti.\nCātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti.\nEvaṁ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.\nYathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṁ.\nCātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo.\nTattha ye mālaṁ vā gandhaṁ vā cuṇṇakaṁ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṁ vā pasādessanti tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.","en":"“But sir, how to proceed when it comes to the Realized One’s corpse?”\n“Proceed in the same way as they do for the corpse of a wheel-turning monarch.”\n“But how do they proceed with a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse?”\n“They wrap a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse with unworn cloth, then with uncarded cotton, then again with unworn cloth.\nIn this way they wrap the corpse with five hundred double-layers. Then they place it in an iron casket filled with oil and close it up with another casket. Then, having built a funeral pyre out of all kinds of aromatics, they cremate the corpse.\nThey build a monument for the wheel-turning monarch at the crossroads.\nThat’s how they proceed with a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse.\nProceed in the same way with the Realized One’s corpse.\nA monument for the Realized One is to be built at the crossroads.\nWhen someone there lifts up garlands or fragrance or powder, or bows, or inspires confidence in their heart, that will be for their lasting welfare and happiness."}},{"id":"dn16:5.12","sourceIds":["dn16:5.12.0","dn16:5.12.1","dn16:5.12.2","dn16:5.12.3","dn16:5.12.4","dn16:5.12.5","dn16:5.12.6","dn16:5.12.7","dn16:5.12.8","dn16:5.12.9","dn16:5.12.10","dn16:5.12.11","dn16:5.12.12","dn16:5.12.13","dn16:5.12.14","dn16:5.12.15","dn16:5.12.16","dn16:5.12.17","dn16:5.12.18","dn16:5.12.19","dn16:5.12.20"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"30. Thūpārahapuggala\nCattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā.\nKatame cattāro?\nTathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.\nKiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho?\n‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.\nTe tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.\nIdaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.\nKiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho?\n‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.\nTe tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.\nIdaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.\nKiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho?\n‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.\nTe tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.\nIdaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.\nKiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho?\n‘Ayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.\nTe tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.\nIdaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.\nIme kho, ānanda, cattāro thūpārahā”ti.","en":"30. Individuals Worthy of a Monument\nĀnanda, these four are worthy of a monument.\nWhat four?\nA Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch.\nAnd for what reason is a Realized One worthy of a monument?\nSo that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that Blessed One, perfected and fully awakened!’\nAnd having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.\nIt is for this reason that a Realized One is worthy of a monument.\nAnd for what reason is an independent Buddha worthy of a monument?\nSo that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that independent Buddha!’\nAnd having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.\nIt is for this reason that an independent Buddha is worthy of a monument.\nAnd for what reason is a Realized One’s disciple worthy of a monument?\nSo that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that Blessed One’s disciple!’\nAnd having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.\nIt is for this reason that a Realized One’s disciple is worthy of a monument.\nAnd for what reason is a wheel-turning monarch worthy of a monument?\nSo that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that just and principled king!’\nAnd having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.\nIt is for this reason that a wheel-turning monarch is worthy of a monument.\nThese four are worthy of a monument.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.13","sourceIds":["dn16:5.13.0","dn16:5.13.1","dn16:5.13.2","dn16:5.13.3","dn16:5.13.4","dn16:5.13.5","dn16:5.13.6","dn16:5.13.7","dn16:5.13.8","dn16:5.13.9","dn16:5.13.10","dn16:5.13.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"31. Ānandaacchariyadhamma\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṁ pavisitvā kapisīsaṁ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi:\n“ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṁ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando”ti?\n“Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṁ pavisitvā kapisīsaṁ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito:\n‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṁ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi:\n“ehi tvaṁ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṁ āmantehi:\n‘satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:\n“satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī”ti.","en":"31. Ānanda’s Incredible Qualities\nThen Venerable Ānanda entered a building, and stood there leaning against the door-jamb and crying,\n“Oh! I’m still only a trainee with work left to do; and my Teacher is about to be fully extinguished, he who is so kind to me!”\nThen the Buddha said to the mendicants,\n“Mendicants, where is Ānanda?”\n“Sir, Ānanda has entered a dwelling, and stands there leaning against the door-jamb and crying:\n‘Oh! I’m still only a trainee with work left to do; and my Teacher is about to be fully extinguished, he who is so kind to me!’”\nSo the Buddha addressed one of the monks,\n“Please, monk, in my name tell Ānanda that\nthe Teacher summons him.”\n“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Ānanda and said to him,\n“Reverend Ānanda, the Teacher summons you.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.14","sourceIds":["dn16:5.14.1","dn16:5.14.2","dn16:5.14.3","dn16:5.14.4","dn16:5.14.5","dn16:5.14.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:\n“alaṁ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:\n‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’;\ntaṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, ‘taṁ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.\nDīgharattaṁ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena.\nKatapuññosi tvaṁ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṁ hohisi anāsavo”ti.","en":"“Yes, reverend,” Ānanda replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:\n“Enough, Ānanda! Do not grieve, do not lament. Did I not prepare for this when I explained that\nwe must be parted and separated from all we hold dear and beloved?\nHow could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out, even the Realized One’s body?\nFor a long time, Ānanda, you’ve treated the Realized One with deeds of body, speech, and mind that are loving, beneficial, pleasant, undivided, and limitless.\nYou have done good deeds, Ānanda. Devote yourself to meditation, and you will soon be free of defilements.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.15","sourceIds":["dn16:5.15.1","dn16:5.15.2","dn16:5.15.3","dn16:5.15.4","dn16:5.15.5","dn16:5.15.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṁ, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.\nYepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.\nPaṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando;\nmedhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando.\nJānāti ‘ayaṁ kālo tathāgataṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, ayaṁ kālo bhikkhunīnaṁ, ayaṁ kālo upāsakānaṁ, ayaṁ kālo upāsikānaṁ, ayaṁ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṁ titthiyānaṁ titthiyasāvakānan’ti.","en":"Then the Buddha said to the mendicants:\n“Those who were perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas in the past also had attendants, who at best were like Ānanda is for me.\nThose who will be perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas in the future will also have attendants, who at best will be like Ānanda is for me.\nĀnanda is astute,\nhe is intelligent.\nHe knows the time for monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, royal ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples to visit the Realized One."}},{"id":"dn16:5.16","sourceIds":["dn16:5.16.1","dn16:5.16.2","dn16:5.16.3","dn16:5.16.4","dn16:5.16.5","dn16:5.16.6","dn16:5.16.7","dn16:5.16.8","dn16:5.16.9","dn16:5.16.10","dn16:5.16.11","dn16:5.16.12","dn16:5.16.13","dn16:5.16.14","dn16:5.16.15","dn16:5.16.16","dn16:5.16.17","dn16:5.16.18","dn16:5.16.19","dn16:5.16.20","dn16:5.16.21","dn16:5.16.22","dn16:5.16.23","dn16:5.16.24","dn16:5.16.25","dn16:5.16.26","dn16:5.16.27","dn16:5.16.28","dn16:5.16.29","dn16:5.16.30","dn16:5.16.31","dn16:5.16.32","dn16:5.16.33","dn16:5.16.34","dn16:5.16.35","dn16:5.16.36","dn16:5.16.37"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.\nKatame cattāro?\nSace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nSace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nSace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nSace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nIme kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.\nCattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi.\nKatame cattāro?\nSace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.\nSace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā …pe…\ngahapatiparisā …pe…\nsamaṇaparisā rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.\nEvameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.\nSace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti.\nAtha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nSace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā …pe…\nupāsakaparisā …pe…\nupāsikāparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.\nTatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.\nAtittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti.\nAtha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.\nIme kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande”ti.","en":"There are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.\nWhat four?\nIf an assembly of monks goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him\nand uplifted by hearing him speak.\nAnd when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.\nIf an assembly of nuns …\nlaymen …\nor laywomen goes to see Ānanda, they’re uplifted by seeing him\nand uplifted by hearing him speak.\nAnd when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.\nThese are the four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.\nThere are these four incredible and amazing things about a wheel-turning monarch.\nWhat four?\nIf an assembly of aristocrats goes to see a wheel-turning monarch, they’re uplifted by seeing him\nand uplifted by hearing him speak.\nAnd when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.\nIf an assembly of brahmins …\nhouseholders …\nor ascetics goes to see a wheel-turning monarch, they’re uplifted by seeing him\nand uplifted by hearing him speak.\nAnd when he falls silent, they’ve never had enough.\nIn the same way, there are those four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.17","sourceIds":["dn16:5.17.0","dn16:5.17.1","dn16:5.17.2","dn16:5.17.3","dn16:5.17.4","dn16:5.17.5","dn16:5.17.6","dn16:5.17.7","dn16:5.17.8","dn16:5.17.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"32. Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā\nEvaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṁ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi.\nSanti, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṁ—\ncampā rājagahaṁ sāvatthī sāketaṁ kosambī bārāṇasī;\nettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu.\nEttha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā.\nTe tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṁ karissantī”ti\n“mā hevaṁ, ānanda, avaca, mā hevaṁ, ānanda, avaca:\n‘khuddakanagarakaṁ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṁ sākhānagarakan’ti.","en":"32. Teaching the Discourse on Mahāsudassana\nWhen he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:\n“Sir, please don’t be fully extinguished in this little hamlet, this jungle hamlet, this branch hamlet.\nThere are other great cities such as\nCampā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Sāketa, Kosambī, and Varanasi.\nLet the Buddha be fully extinguished there.\nThere are many well-to-do aristocrats, brahmins, and householders there who are devoted to the Buddha.\nThey will perform the rites of venerating the Realized One’s corpse.”\n“Don’t say that Ānanda! Don’t say that\nthis is a little hamlet, a jungle hamlet, a branch hamlet."}},{"id":"dn16:5.18","sourceIds":["dn16:5.18.1","dn16:5.18.2","dn16:5.18.3","dn16:5.18.4","dn16:5.18.5","dn16:5.18.6","dn16:5.18.7","dn16:5.18.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato.\nRañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṁ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi.\npuratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena.\nKusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca.\nSeyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṁ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca;\nevameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca.\nKusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṁ—\nhatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.","en":"Once upon a time, there was a king named Mahāsudassana who was a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. His dominion extended to all four sides, he achieved stability in the country, and he possessed the seven treasures.\nHis capital was this Kusinārā, which at the time was named Kusāvatī.\nIt stretched for twelve leagues from east to west, and seven leagues from north to south.\nThe royal capital of Kusāvatī was successful and prosperous, populous and full of people, with plenty of food.\nIt was just like Āḷakamandā, the royal capital of the gods, which is successful and prosperous, populous and full of spirits, with plenty of food.\nKusāvatī was never free of ten sounds by day or night, namely:\nthe sound of elephants, horses, chariots, drums, clay drums, arched harps, singing, horns, gongs, and handbells; and the cry: ‘Eat, drink, be merry!’ as the tenth."}},{"id":"dn16:5.19","sourceIds":["dn16:5.19.1","dn16:5.19.2","dn16:5.19.3","dn16:5.19.4","dn16:5.19.5","dn16:5.19.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi:\n‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAbhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā.\nMā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha—\namhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi.","en":"Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas:\n‘This very day, Vāseṭṭhas, in the last watch of the night, the Realized One will be fully extinguished.\nCome forth, Vāseṭṭhas! Come forth, Vāseṭṭhas!\nDon’t regret it later, thinking:\n“The Realized One became fully extinguished in our own village district, but we didn’t get a chance to see him in his final hour.”’”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Then he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kusinārā with a companion."}},{"id":"dn16:5.20","sourceIds":["dn16:5.20.0","dn16:5.20.1","dn16:5.20.2","dn16:5.20.3","dn16:5.20.4","dn16:5.20.5","dn16:5.20.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"33. Mallānaṁvandanā\nTena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi:\n“ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAbhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā.\nMā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:\n‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.","en":"33. The Mallas Pay Homage\nNow at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall on some business.\nĀnanda went up to them, and announced:\n“This very day, Vāseṭṭhas, in the last watch of the night, the Realized One will be fully extinguished.\nCome forth, Vāseṭṭhas! Come forth, Vāseṭṭhas!\nDon’t regret it later, thinking:\n‘The Realized One became fully extinguished in our own village district, but we didn’t get a chance to see him in his final hour.’”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.21","sourceIds":["dn16:5.21.1","dn16:5.21.2","dn16:5.21.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti:\n“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī”ti.\nAtha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.","en":"When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented,\n“Too soon the Blessed One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World will vanish!”\nThen the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives, distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached Ānanda."}},{"id":"dn16:5.22","sourceIds":["dn16:5.22.1","dn16:5.22.2","dn16:5.22.3","dn16:5.22.4","dn16:5.22.5","dn16:5.22.6","dn16:5.22.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:\n“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati.\nYannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ:\n‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi:\n“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi.","en":"Then Ānanda thought,\n“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light.\nI’d better separate them family by family and then have them pay homage, saying:\n‘Sir, the Malla named so-and-so with children, wives, retinue, and ministers bows with his head to your feet.’”\nAnd so that’s what he did.\nSo by this means Ānanda got the Mallas to finish paying homage to the Buddha in the first watch of the night."}},{"id":"dn16:5.23","sourceIds":["dn16:5.23.0","dn16:5.23.1","dn16:5.23.2","dn16:5.23.3","dn16:5.23.4","dn16:5.23.5","dn16:5.23.6","dn16:5.23.7","dn16:5.23.8","dn16:5.23.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"34. Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu\nTena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṁ paṭivasati.\nAssosi kho subhaddo paribbājako:\n“ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissatī”ti.\nAtha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi:\n“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:\n‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.\nAjjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAtthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno,\nevaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’”ti.","en":"34. On Subhadda the Wanderer\nNow at that time a wanderer named Subhadda was residing near Kusinārā.\nHe heard that\non that very day, in the last watch of the night, will be the full extinguishment of the ascetic Gotama.\nHe thought:\n“I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said:\n‘Only rarely do Realized Ones arise in the world, perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas.’\nAnd this very day, in the last watch of the night, will be the full extinguishment of the ascetic Gotama.\nThis state of uncertainty has come up in me.\nI am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this state of uncertainty.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.24","sourceIds":["dn16:5.24.1","dn16:5.24.2","dn16:5.24.3","dn16:5.24.4","dn16:5.24.5","dn16:5.24.6","dn16:5.24.7","dn16:5.24.8","dn16:5.24.9","dn16:5.24.10","dn16:5.24.11","dn16:5.24.12","dn16:5.24.13","dn16:5.24.14","dn16:5.24.15","dn16:5.24.16","dn16:5.24.17","dn16:5.24.18","dn16:5.24.19"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:\n“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:\n‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.\nAjjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAtthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno—\nevaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.\nSādhāhaṁ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāyā”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:\n“alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.\nDutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako …pe…\ntatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:\n“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:\n‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.\nAjjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.\nAtthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno—\nevaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.\nSādhāhaṁ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāyā”ti.\nTatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:\n“alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.","en":"Then Subhadda went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana, approached Ānanda, and said to him,\n“Worthy Ānanda, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said:\n‘Only rarely do Realized Ones arise in the world, perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas.’\nAnd this very day, in the last watch of the night, will be the full extinguishment of the ascetic Gotama.\nThis state of uncertainty has come up in me.\nI am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this state of uncertainty.\nWorthy Ānanda, please let me see the ascetic Gotama.”\nWhen he had spoken, Ānanda said,\n“Enough, Reverend Subhadda, do not trouble the Realized One. He is tired.”\nFor a second time …\nFor a third time, Subhadda asked Ānanda, and a third time Ānanda refused."}},{"id":"dn16:5.25","sourceIds":["dn16:5.25.1","dn16:5.25.2","dn16:5.25.3","dn16:5.25.4","dn16:5.25.5","dn16:5.25.6","dn16:5.25.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ.\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“alaṁ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṁ vāresi, labhataṁ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṁ dassanāya.\nYaṁ kiñci maṁ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṁ taṁ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho.\nYañcassāhaṁ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:\n“gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsan”ti.","en":"The Buddha heard that discussion between Ānanda and Subhadda.\nHe said to Ānanda,\n“Enough, Ānanda, don’t obstruct Subhadda; let him see the Realized One.\nFor whatever he asks me, he will only be looking to understand, not to trouble me.\nAnd he will quickly understand any answer I give to his question.”\nSo Ānanda said to the wanderer Subhadda,\n“Go, Reverend Subhadda, the Buddha is making time for you.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.26","sourceIds":["dn16:5.26.1","dn16:5.26.2","dn16:5.26.3","dn16:5.26.4","dn16:5.26.5","dn16:5.26.6","dn16:5.26.7","dn16:5.26.8","dn16:5.26.9","dn16:5.26.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa,\nseyyathidaṁ—pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto,\nsabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṁsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṁsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṁsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṁsū”ti?\n“Alaṁ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṁ:\n‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṁsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṁsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṁsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṁsū’ti.\nDhammaṁ te, subhadda, desessāmi;\ntaṁ suṇāhi sādhukaṁ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi.\nBhagavā etadavoca:","en":"Then the wanderer Subhadda went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:\n“Worthy Gotama, there are those ascetics and brahmins who lead an order and a community, and tutor a community. They’re well-known and famous religious founders, deemed holy by many people.\nNamely: Pūraṇa Kassapa, the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla, Ajita of the hair blanket, Pakudha Kaccāyana, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta, and the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan.\nAccording to their own claims, did all of them have direct knowledge, or none of them, or only some?”\n“Enough, Subhadda, let that be.\nI shall teach you the Dhamma.\nListen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”\n“Yes, sir,” Subhadda replied.\nThe Buddha said this:"}},{"id":"dn16:5.27","sourceIds":["dn16:5.27.1","dn16:5.27.2","dn16:5.27.3","dn16:5.27.4","dn16:5.27.5","dn16:5.27.6","dn16:5.27.7","dn16:5.27.8","dn16:5.27.9","dn16:5.27.10","dn16:5.27.11","dn16:5.27.12","dn16:5.27.13","dn16:5.27.14","dn16:5.27.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Yasmiṁ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati.\nYasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati.\nImasmiṁ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi.\nIme ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṁ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.\nEkūnatiṁso vayasā subhadda,\nYaṁ pabbajiṁ kiṅkusalānuesī;\nVassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,\nYato ahaṁ pabbajito subhadda;\nÑāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,\nIto bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.\nDutiyopi samaṇo natthi.\nTatiyopi samaṇo natthi.\nCatutthopi samaṇo natthi.\nSuññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi.\nIme ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṁ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā”ti.","en":"“Subhadda, in whatever teaching and training the noble eightfold path is not found, there is no ascetic found, no second ascetic, no third ascetic, and no fourth ascetic.\nIn whatever teaching and training the noble eightfold path is found, there is an ascetic found, a second ascetic, a third ascetic, and a fourth ascetic.\nIn this teaching and training the noble eightfold path is found. Only here is there an ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic. Other sects are empty of ascetics.\nWere these mendicants to practice well, the world would not be empty of perfected ones.\nI was twenty-nine years of age, Subhadda,\nwhen I went forth to discover what is skillful.\nIt’s been over fifty years\nsince I went forth.\nTeacher of the references for the systematic teaching:\noutside of here there is no ascetic,\nno second ascetic,\nno third ascetic,\nand no fourth ascetic.\nOther sects are empty of ascetics.\nWere these mendicants to practice well, the world would not be empty of perfected ones.”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.28","sourceIds":["dn16:5.28.1","dn16:5.28.2","dn16:5.28.3","dn16:5.28.4","dn16:5.28.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ vutte, subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.\nSeyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.\nEsāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.\nLabheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.","en":"When he had spoken, Subhadda said to the Buddha,\n“Excellent, sir! Excellent!\nAs if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.\nI go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.\nSir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”"}},{"id":"dn16:5.29","sourceIds":["dn16:5.29.1","dn16:5.29.2","dn16:5.29.3","dn16:5.29.4","dn16:5.29.5","dn16:5.29.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya.\nApi ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā”ti.\n“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“tenahānanda, subhaddaṁ pabbājehī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.","en":"“Subhadda, if someone formerly ordained in another sect wishes to take the going forth, the ordination in this teaching and training, they must spend four months on probation. When four months have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, they’ll give the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.\nHowever, I have recognized individual differences in this matter.”\n“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”\nThen the Buddha said to Ānanda,\n“Well then, Ānanda, give Subhadda the going forth.”\n“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied."}},{"id":"dn16:5.30","sourceIds":["dn16:5.30.1","dn16:5.30.2","dn16:5.30.3","dn16:5.30.4","dn16:5.30.5","dn16:5.30.6","dn16:5.30.7","dn16:5.30.8","dn16:5.30.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:\n“lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṁ vo, āvuso ānanda,\nye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti.\nAlattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.\nAcirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti—tadanuttaraṁ brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.\n“Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi.\nAññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṁ ahosi.\nSo bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.\nPañcamo bhāṇavāro.","en":"Then Subhadda said to Ānanda,\n“You’re so fortunate, Reverand Ānanda, so very fortunate,\nto be anointed here in the Teacher’s presence as his pupil!”\nAnd the wanderer Subhadda received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.\nNot long after his ordination, Venerable Subhadda, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.\nHe understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.”\nAnd Venerable Subhadda became one of the perfected.\nHe was the last personal disciple of the Buddha.\nThe fifth recitation section."}},{"id":"dn16:6.1","sourceIds":["dn16:6.1.0","dn16:6.1.1","dn16:6.1.2","dn16:6.1.3","dn16:6.1.4","dn16:6.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"35. Tathāgatapacchimavācā\nAtha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṁ evamassa:\n‘atītasatthukaṁ pāvacanaṁ, natthi no satthā’ti.\nNa kho panetaṁ, ānanda, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ.\nYo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā.","en":"35. The Buddha’s Last Words\nThen the Buddha addressed Venerable Ānanda:\n“Now, Ānanda, some of you might think:\n‘The teacher’s dispensation has passed. Now we have no Teacher.’\nBut you should not see it like this.\nThe teaching and training that I have taught and pointed out for you shall be your Teacher after my passing."}},{"id":"dn16:6.2","sourceIds":["dn16:6.2.1","dn16:6.2.2","dn16:6.2.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṁ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṁ samudācaritabbaṁ.\nTheratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo.\nNavakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo.","en":"After my passing, mendicants ought not address each other as ‘reverend’, as they do today.\nA more senior mendicant ought to address a more junior mendicant by name or clan, or by saying ‘reverend’.\nA more junior mendicant ought to address a more senior mendicant using ‘sir’ or ‘venerable’."}},{"id":"dn16:6.3","sourceIds":["dn16:6.3.1"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu.","en":"If it wishes, after my passing the Saṅgha may abolish the lesser and minor training rules."}},{"id":"dn16:6.4","sourceIds":["dn16:6.4.1","dn16:6.4.2","dn16:6.4.3","dn16:6.4.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo”ti.\n“Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo”ti?\n“Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṁ iccheyya, taṁ vadeyya.\nSo bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo”ti.","en":"After my passing, give the divine punishment to the mendicant Channa.”\n“But sir, what is the divine punishment?”\n“Channa may say what he likes,\nbut the mendicants should not correct, advise, or instruct him.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.5","sourceIds":["dn16:6.5.1","dn16:6.5.2","dn16:6.5.3","dn16:6.5.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:\n‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.","en":"Then the Buddha said to the mendicants,\n“Perhaps even a single mendicant has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice. So ask, mendicants! Don’t regret it later, thinking:\n‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”\nWhen this was said, the mendicants kept silent."}},{"id":"dn16:6.6","sourceIds":["dn16:6.6.1","dn16:6.6.2","dn16:6.6.3","dn16:6.6.4","dn16:6.6.5","dn16:6.6.6","dn16:6.6.7","dn16:6.6.8","dn16:6.6.9","dn16:6.6.10","dn16:6.6.11","dn16:6.6.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe…\ntatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:\n‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.\nTatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:\n“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’”ti.\n“Pasādā kho tvaṁ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā.\nImesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṁ bhikkhusatānaṁ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti.","en":"For a second time …\nFor a third time the Buddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Perhaps even a single mendicant has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice. So ask, mendicants! Don’t regret it later, thinking:\n‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”\nFor a third time, the mendicants kept silent.\nThen the Buddha said to the mendicants,\n“Mendicants, perhaps you don’t ask out of respect for the Teacher. So let a friend tell a friend.”\nWhen this was said, the mendicants kept silent.\nThen Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,\n“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! I am quite confident that there is not even a single mendicant in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.”\n“Ānanda, you speak out of faith. But the Realized One knows that there is not even a single mendicant in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.\nEven the last of these five hundred mendicants is a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.7","sourceIds":["dn16:6.7.1","dn16:6.7.2","dn16:6.7.3","dn16:6.7.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo,\nvayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā”ti.\nAyaṁ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.","en":"Then the Buddha said to the mendicants:\n“Come now, mendicants, I say to you all:\n‘Conditions fall apart. Persist with diligence.’”\nThese were the Realized One’s last words."}},{"id":"dn16:6.8","sourceIds":["dn16:6.8.0","dn16:6.8.1","dn16:6.8.2","dn16:6.8.3","dn16:6.8.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"36. Parinibbutakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajji.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:\n“parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha, bhagavā”ti.\n“Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno”ti.","en":"36. Fully Quenched\nThen the Buddha entered the first absorption. Emerging from that, he entered the second absorption. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, and the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Then he entered the cessation of perception and feeling.\nThen Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Anuruddha,\n“Honorable Anuruddha, has the Buddha become fully quenched?”\n“No, Reverend Ānanda. He has entered the cessation of perception and feeling.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.9","sourceIds":["dn16:6.9.1"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.","en":"Then the Buddha emerged from the cessation of perception and feeling and entered the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the dimension of nothingness, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of infinite space, the fourth absorption, the third absorption, the second absorption, and the first absorption. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the second absorption and the third absorption. Then he entered the fourth absorption. Emerging from that the Buddha immediately became fully extinguished."}},{"id":"dn16:6.10","sourceIds":["dn16:6.10.1","dn16:6.10.2","dn16:6.10.3","dn16:6.10.4","dn16:6.10.5","dn16:6.10.6","dn16:6.10.7","dn16:6.10.8","dn16:6.10.9","dn16:6.10.10","dn16:6.10.11","dn16:6.10.12","dn16:6.10.13","dn16:6.10.14","dn16:6.10.15","dn16:6.10.16","dn16:6.10.17","dn16:6.10.18","dn16:6.10.19","dn16:6.10.20","dn16:6.10.21","dn16:6.10.22","dn16:6.10.23","dn16:6.10.24","dn16:6.10.25","dn16:6.10.26","dn16:6.10.27","dn16:6.10.28","dn16:6.10.29","dn16:6.10.30"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.\nParinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:\n“Sabbeva nikkhipissanti,\nbhūtā loke samussayaṁ;\nYattha etādiso satthā,\nloke appaṭipuggalo;\nTathāgato balappatto,\nsambuddho parinibbuto”ti.\nParinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:\n“Aniccā vata saṅkhārā,\nuppādavayadhammino;\nUppajjitvā nirujjhanti,\ntesaṁ vūpasamo sukho”ti.\nParinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:\n“Nāhu assāsapassāso,\nṭhitacittassa tādino;\nAnejo santimārabbha,\nyaṁ kālamakarī muni.\nAsallīnena cittena,\nvedanaṁ ajjhavāsayi;\nPajjotasseva nibbānaṁ,\nvimokkho cetaso ahū”ti.\nParinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:\n“Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ,\ntadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ;\nSabbākāravarūpete,\nsambuddhe parinibbute”ti.\nParinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, “atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.\nYe pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:\n“aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā”ti.","en":"When the Buddha was fully quenched, along with the full extinguishment there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.\nWhen the Buddha was fully quenched, the divinity Sahampati spoke this verse:\n“All creatures in this world\nmust lay down this bag of bones.\nFor even a Teacher such as this,\nunrivaled in the world,\nthe Realized One, attained to power,\nthe Buddha was fully quenched.”\nWhen the Buddha was fully quenched, Sakka, lord of gods, spoke this verse:\n“Oh! Conditions are impermanent,\ntheir nature is to rise and fall;\nhaving arisen, they cease;\ntheir settling is blissful.”\nWhen the Buddha was fully quenched, Venerable Anuruddha spoke this verse:\n“There was no more breathing\nfor the unaffected one of steady heart.\nImperturbable, committed to peace,\nthe sage has done his time.\nHe put up with painful feelings\nwithout flinching.\nThe liberation of his heart\nwas like the extinguishing of a lamp.”\nWhen the Buddha was fully quenched, Venerable Ānanda spoke this verse:\n“Then there was terror!\nThen they had goosebumps!\nWhen the Buddha, endowed with all fine qualities,\nbecame fully quenched.”\nWhen the Buddha was fully quenched, some of the mendicants there who were not free of desire, with arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented: “Too soon the Blessed One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Holy One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Eye of the World has vanished!”\nBut the mendicants who were free of desire endured, mindful and aware, thinking,\n“Conditions are impermanent. How could it possibly be otherwise?”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.11","sourceIds":["dn16:6.11.1","dn16:6.11.2","dn16:6.11.3","dn16:6.11.4","dn16:6.11.5","dn16:6.11.6","dn16:6.11.7","dn16:6.11.8","dn16:6.11.9","dn16:6.11.10","dn16:6.11.11","dn16:6.11.12","dn16:6.11.13","dn16:6.11.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha.\nNanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:\n‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’.\nTaṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.\nDevatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī”ti.\n“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti?\n“Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito’ti.\nSantāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito’ti.\nYā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:\n‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā’”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṁ rattāvasesaṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṁ.","en":"Then Anuruddha addressed the mendicants:\n“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament.\nDid the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that\nwe must be parted and separated from all we hold dear and beloved?\nHow could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?\nThe deities are complaining.”\n“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?”\n“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in space and on the earth—who are aware of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting:\n‘Too soon the Blessed One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Holy One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Eye of the World has vanished!’\nBut the deities who are free of desire endure, mindful and aware, thinking:\n‘Conditions are impermanent. How could it possibly be otherwise?’”\nĀnanda and Anuruddha spent the rest of the night talking about Dhamma."}},{"id":"dn16:6.12","sourceIds":["dn16:6.12.1","dn16:6.12.2","dn16:6.12.3","dn16:6.12.4","dn16:6.12.5","dn16:6.12.6","dn16:6.12.7","dn16:6.12.8","dn16:6.12.9","dn16:6.12.10","dn16:6.12.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:\n“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi:\n‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā,\nyassadāni kālaṁ maññathā’”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi.\nTena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena.\nAtha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi:\n“parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā,\nyassadāni kālaṁ maññathā”ti.\nIdamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.","en":"Then Anuruddha said to Ānanda,\n“Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas:\n‘Vāseṭṭhas, the Buddha has become fully quenched.\nPlease come at your convenience.’”\n“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Then, in the morning, he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kusinārā with a companion.\nNow at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall still on the same business.\nĀnanda went up to them, and announced,\n“Vāseṭṭhas, the Buddha has become fully quenched.\nPlease come at your convenience.”\nWhen they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented,\n“Too soon the Blessed One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Holy One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Eye of the World has vanished!”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.13","sourceIds":["dn16:6.13.0","dn16:6.13.1","dn16:6.13.2","dn16:6.13.3","dn16:6.13.4","dn16:6.13.5","dn16:6.13.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"37. Buddhasarīrapūjā\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ:\n“tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṁ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ sannipātethā”ti.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.\nAtha kho kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi:\n“ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpetuṁ, sve dāni mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.","en":"37. The Rites of Venerating the Buddha’s Corpse\nThen the Mallas ordered their men,\n“So then, lads, collect fragrances and garlands, and all the musical instruments in Kusinārā.”\nThen—taking those fragrances and garlands, all the musical instruments, and five hundred pairs of garments—they went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached the Buddha’s corpse. They spent the day honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and making awnings and setting up pavilions.\nThen they thought,\n“It’s too late to cremate the Buddha’s corpse today. Let’s do it tomorrow.”\nBut they spent the next day the same way, and so too the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth days."}},{"id":"dn16:6.14","sourceIds":["dn16:6.14.1","dn16:6.14.2","dn16:6.14.3","dn16:6.14.4","dn16:6.14.5","dn16:6.14.6","dn16:6.14.7","dn16:6.14.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho sattamaṁ divasaṁ kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi:\n“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.\nTena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:\n“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā”ti na sakkonti uccāretuṁ.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:\n‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretun”ti?\n“Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṁ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti.","en":"Then on the seventh day they thought,\n“Honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, let us carry it to the south of the town, and cremate it there outside the town.”\nNow at that time eight of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said,\n“We shall lift the Buddha’s corpse.” But they were unable to do so.\nThe Mallas said to Anuruddha,\n“What is the cause, Honorable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these eight Mallian chiefs are unable to lift the Buddha’s corpse?”\n“Vāseṭṭhas, you have one plan, but the deities have a different one.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.15","sourceIds":["dn16:6.15.1","dn16:6.15.2","dn16:6.15.3","dn16:6.15.4","dn16:6.15.5","dn16:6.15.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti?\n“Tumhākaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:\n‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’ti;\ndevatānaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:\n‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti.\n“Yathā, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.","en":"“But sir, what is the deities’ plan?”\n“You plan to\ncarry the Buddha’s corpse to the south of the town while venerating it with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and cremate it there outside the town.\nThe deities plan to\ncarry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.”\n“Sir, let it be as the deities plan.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.16","sourceIds":["dn16:6.16.1","dn16:6.16.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti.\nAtha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu.","en":"Now at that time the whole of Kusinārā was covered knee-deep with the flowers of the Flame Tree, without gaps even on the filth and rubbish heaps.\nThen the deities and the Mallas of Kusinārā carried the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly and human dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they entered the town by the northern gate, carried it through the center of the town, left by the eastern gate, and deposited the corpse there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation."}},{"id":"dn16:6.17","sourceIds":["dn16:6.17.1","dn16:6.17.2","dn16:6.17.3","dn16:6.17.4","dn16:6.17.5","dn16:6.17.6","dn16:6.17.7","dn16:6.17.8","dn16:6.17.9","dn16:6.17.10","dn16:6.17.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti?\n“Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti.\n“Kathaṁ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti?\n“Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti.\nEtena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ jhāpenti.\nCātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti.\nEvaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.\nYathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṁ.\nCātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo.\nTattha ye mālaṁ vā gandhaṁ vā cuṇṇakaṁ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṁ vā pasādessanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.","en":"Then the Mallas said to Ānanda,\n“Honorable Ānanda, how do we proceed when it comes to the Realized One’s corpse?”\n“Proceed in the same way as they do for the corpse of a wheel-turning monarch.”\n“But how do they proceed with a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse?”\n“They wrap a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse with unworn cloth, then with uncarded cotton, then again with unworn cloth.\nIn this way they wrap the corpse with five hundred double-layers. Then they place it in an iron casket filled with oil and close it up with another casket. Then, having built a funeral pyre out of all kinds of aromatics, they cremate the corpse.\nThey build a monument for the wheel-turning monarch at the crossroads.\nThat’s how they proceed with a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse.\nProceed in the same way with the Realized One’s corpse.\nA monument for the Realized One is to be built at the crossroads.\nWhen someone there lifts up garlands or fragrance or powder, or bows, or inspires confidence in their heart, that will be for their lasting welfare and happiness.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.18","sourceIds":["dn16:6.18.1","dn16:6.18.2","dn16:6.18.3","dn16:6.18.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ:\n“tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṁ vihataṁ kappāsaṁ sannipātethā”ti.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ.\nEtena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ citakaṁ āropesuṁ.","en":"Then the Mallas ordered their men,\n“So then, lads, collect uncarded cotton.”\nSo the Mallas wrapped the Buddha’s corpse,\nand placed it in an iron casket filled with oil. Then, having built a funeral pyre out of all kinds of aromatics, they lifted the corpse on to the pyre."}},{"id":"dn16:6.19","sourceIds":["dn16:6.19.0","dn16:6.19.1","dn16:6.19.2","dn16:6.19.3","dn16:6.19.4","dn16:6.19.5","dn16:6.19.6","dn16:6.19.7","dn16:6.19.8","dn16:6.19.9","dn16:6.19.10","dn16:6.19.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"38. Mahākassapattheravatthu\nTena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.\nAtha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.\nTena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṁ gahetvā pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.\nAddasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṁ ājīvakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvā taṁ ājīvakaṁ etadavoca:\n“apāvuso, amhākaṁ satthāraṁ jānāsī”ti?\n“Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo.\nTato me idaṁ mandāravapupphaṁ gahitan”ti.\nTattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:\n“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.\nYe pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:\n“aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā”ti.","en":"38. Mahākassapa’s Arrival\nNow at that time Venerable Mahākassapa was traveling along the road from Pāvā to Kusinārā together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants.\nThen he left the road and sat at the root of a tree.\nNow at that time a certain Ājīvaka ascetic had picked up a Flame Tree flower in Kusinārā and was traveling along the road to Pāvā.\nMahākassapa saw him coming off in the distance and said to him,\n“Reverend, might you know about our Teacher?”\n“Yes, reverend. Seven days ago the ascetic Gotama was fully quenched.\nFrom there I picked up this Flame Tree flower.”\nSome of the mendicants there who were not free of desire, with arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented,\n“Too soon the Blessed One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Holy One has become fully quenched! Too soon the Eye of the World has vanished!”\nBut the mendicants who were free of desire endured, mindful and aware, thinking,\n“Conditions are impermanent. How could it possibly be otherwise?”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.20","sourceIds":["dn16:6.20.1","dn16:6.20.2","dn16:6.20.3","dn16:6.20.4","dn16:6.20.5","dn16:6.20.6","dn16:6.20.7","dn16:6.20.8","dn16:6.20.9","dn16:6.20.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti.\nAtha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca:\n“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṁ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa:\n‘idaṁ vo kappati, idaṁ vo na kappatī’ti.\nIdāni pana mayaṁ yaṁ icchissāma, taṁ karissāma, yaṁ na icchissāma, na taṁ karissāmā”ti.\nAtha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi:\n“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha.\nNanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:\n‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’.\nTaṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti.","en":"Now at that time a monk named Subhadda, who had gone forth when old, was sitting in that assembly.\nHe said to those mendicants,\n“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament. We’re well rid of that Great Ascetic. And we are harried:\n‘This is allowable for you; this is not allowable for you.’\nWell, now we shall do what we want and not do what we don’t want.”\nThen Venerable Mahākassapa addressed the mendicants,\n“Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament.\nDid the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that\nwe must be parted and separated from all we hold dear and beloved?\nHow could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out, even the Realized One’s body?”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.21","sourceIds":["dn16:6.21.1","dn16:6.21.2","dn16:6.21.3","dn16:6.21.4","dn16:6.21.5","dn16:6.21.6","dn16:6.21.7","dn16:6.21.8","dn16:6.21.9","dn16:6.21.10","dn16:6.21.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:\n“mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā”ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṁ.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:\n“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:\n‘mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetun”ti?\n“Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti.\n“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti?\n“Devatānaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:\n‘ayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.\nNa tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’”ti.\n“Yathā, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.","en":"Now at that time four of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said,\n“We shall light the Buddha’s funeral pyre.” But they were unable to do so.\nThe Mallas said to Anuruddha,\n“What is the cause, Venerable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these four Mallian chiefs are unable to light the Buddha’s funeral pyre?”\n“Vāseṭṭhas, the deities have a different plan.”\n“But sir, what is the deities’ plan?”\n“The deities’ plan is this:\nVenerable Mahākassapa is traveling along the road from Pāvā to Kusinārā together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants.\nThe Buddha’s funeral pyre shall not burn until he bows with his head to the Buddha’s feet.”\n“Sir, let it be as the deities plan.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.22","sourceIds":["dn16:6.22.1","dn16:6.22.2","dn16:6.22.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi.\nTānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṁsu.\nVandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.","en":"Then Venerable Mahākassapa arrived at the Mallian shrine named Coronation at Kusinārā and approached the Buddha’s funeral pyre. Arranging his robe over one shoulder and raising his joined palms, he respectfully circled the Buddha three times, keeping him on his right, and bowed with his head to the Buddha’s feet.\nAnd the five hundred mendicants did likewise.\nAnd when Mahākassapa and the five hundred mendicants bowed the Buddha’s funeral pyre burst into flames all by itself."}},{"id":"dn16:6.23","sourceIds":["dn16:6.23.1","dn16:6.23.2","dn16:6.23.3","dn16:6.23.4","dn16:6.23.5","dn16:6.23.6","dn16:6.23.7","dn16:6.23.8","dn16:6.23.9","dn16:6.23.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;\nsarīrāneva avasissiṁsu.\nSeyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi;\nevameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;\nsarīrāneva avasissiṁsu.\nTesañca pañcannaṁ dussayugasatānaṁ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṁ yañca bāhiraṁ.\nDaḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.\nUdakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.\nKosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ.\nAtha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ.","en":"And when the Buddha’s corpse was cremated no ash or soot was found from outer or inner skin, flesh, sinews, or synovial fluid.\nOnly the relics remained.\nIt’s like when ghee or oil blaze and burn, and neither ashes nor soot are found.\nIn the same way, when the Buddha’s corpse was cremated no ash or soot was found from outer or inner skin, flesh, sinews, or synovial fluid.\nOnly the relics remained.\nAnd of those five hundred pairs of garments only two were not burnt: the innermost and the outermost.\nBut when the Buddha’s corpse was consumed the funeral pyre was extinguished by a stream of water that appeared in the sky,\nby water dripping from the sal trees,\nand by the Mallas’ fragrant water.\nThen the Mallas made a cage of spears for the Buddha’s relics in the town hall and surrounded it with a buttress of bows. For seven days they honored, respected, revered, and venerated them with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances."}},{"id":"dn16:6.24","sourceIds":["dn16:6.24.0","dn16:6.24.1","dn16:6.24.2","dn16:6.24.3","dn16:6.24.4","dn16:6.24.5","dn16:6.24.6","dn16:6.24.7","dn16:6.24.8","dn16:6.24.9","dn16:6.24.10","dn16:6.24.11","dn16:6.24.12","dn16:6.24.13","dn16:6.24.14","dn16:6.24.15","dn16:6.24.16","dn16:6.24.17","dn16:6.24.18","dn16:6.24.19","dn16:6.24.20","dn16:6.24.21","dn16:6.24.22","dn16:6.24.23","dn16:6.24.24","dn16:6.24.25","dn16:6.24.26","dn16:6.24.27","dn16:6.24.28"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"39. Sarīradhātuvibhajana\nAssosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho vesālikā licchavī:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavā amhākaṁ ñātiseṭṭho, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho allakappakā bulayo:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.\nAssosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.","en":"39. Distributing the Relics\nKing Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nHe sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so am I. I too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. I will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe Licchavis of Vesālī also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe Sakyans of Kapilavatthu also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was our foremost relative. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe Bulis of Allakappa also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe Koliyans of Rāmagāma also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe brahmin of Veṭhadīpa also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nHe sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and I am a brahmin. I too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. I will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\nThe Mallas of Pāvā also heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”"}},{"id":"dn16:6.25","sourceIds":["dn16:6.25.1","dn16:6.25.2","dn16:6.25.3","dn16:6.25.4","dn16:6.25.5","dn16:6.25.6","dn16:6.25.7","dn16:6.25.8","dn16:6.25.9","dn16:6.25.10","dn16:6.25.11","dn16:6.25.12","dn16:6.25.13","dn16:6.25.14","dn16:6.25.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evaṁ vutte, kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṁ:\n“bhagavā amhākaṁ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṁ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgan”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca:\n“Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṁ,\nAmhāka buddho ahu khantivādo;\nNa hi sādhu yaṁ uttamapuggalassa,\nSarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.\nSabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,\nSammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;\nVitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,\nBahū janā cakkhumato pasannā”ti.\n“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ savibhattaṁ vibhajāhī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṁ saṅghānaṁ gaṇānaṁ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ suvibhattaṁ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca:\n“imaṁ me bhonto tumbaṁ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.\nAdaṁsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṁ.","en":"When they had spoken, the Mallas of Kusinārā said to those various groups:\n“The Buddha was fully quenched in our village district. We will not give away a share of his relics.”\nThen Doṇa the brahmin said to those various groups:\n“Hear, worthy sirs, a single word from me.\nOur Buddha’s teaching was acceptance.\nIt would not be good to fight over\na share of the supreme individual’s relics.\nLet us make eight portions, worthy sirs,\nrejoicing in unity and harmony.\nLet there be monuments far and wide,\nso many folk may gain faith in the Clear-eyed One!”\n“Well then, brahmin, you yourself should fairly divide the Buddha’s relics in eight portions.”\n“Yes, worthy sirs,” replied Doṇa to those various groups. He divided the relics as asked and said to them,\n“Worthy sirs, please give me the urn, and I shall build a monument for it and conduct a memorial service.”\nSo they gave Doṇa the urn."}},{"id":"dn16:6.26","sourceIds":["dn16:6.26.1","dn16:6.26.2","dn16:6.26.3","dn16:6.26.4","dn16:6.26.5","dn16:6.26.6","dn16:6.26.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Assosuṁ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā:\n“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.\nAtha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:\n“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.\n“Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni.\nIto aṅgāraṁ harathā”ti.\nTe tato aṅgāraṁ hariṁsu.","en":"The Moriyas of Pippalivana heard\nthat the Buddha had become fully quenched at Kusinārā.\nThey sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā:\n“The Buddha was an aristocrat, and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”\n“There is no portion of the Buddha’s relics left, they have already been portioned out.\nHere, take the embers.”\nSo they took the embers."}},{"id":"dn16:6.27","sourceIds":["dn16:6.27.0","dn16:6.27.1","dn16:6.27.2","dn16:6.27.3","dn16:6.27.4","dn16:6.27.5","dn16:6.27.6","dn16:6.27.7","dn16:6.27.8","dn16:6.27.9","dn16:6.27.10","dn16:6.27.11","dn16:6.27.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"40. Dhātuthūpapūjā\nAtha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.\nVesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nKapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nAllakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nRāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nVeṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.\nPāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nKosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nDoṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi.\nPippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.\nIti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo.\nEvametaṁ bhūtapubbanti.","en":"40. Venerating the Relics\nThen King Ajātasattu of Magadha,\nthe Licchavis of Vesālī,\nthe Sakyans of Kapilavatthu,\nthe Bulis of Allakappa,\nthe Koliyans of Rāmagāma,\nthe brahmin of Veṭhadīpa,\nthe Mallas of Pāvā,\nthe Mallas of Kusinārā,\nthe brahmin Doṇa,\nand the Moriyas of Pippalivana built monuments for them and conducted memorial services.\nThus there were eight monuments for the relics, a ninth for the urn, and a tenth for the embers.\nThat is how it was in the old days."}},{"id":"dn16:6.28","sourceIds":["dn16:6.28.1","dn16:6.28.2","dn16:6.28.3","dn16:6.28.4","dn16:6.28.5","dn16:6.28.6","dn16:6.28.7","dn16:6.28.8","dn16:6.28.9","dn16:6.28.10","dn16:6.28.11","dn16:6.28.12","dn16:6.28.13","dn16:6.28.14","dn16:6.28.15","dn16:6.28.16","dn16:6.28.17","dn16:6.28.18","dn16:6.28.19","dn16:6.28.20","dn16:6.28.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Aṭṭhadoṇaṁ cakkhumato sarīraṁ,\nSattadoṇaṁ jambudīpe mahenti;\nEkañca doṇaṁ purisavaruttamassa,\nRāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.\nEkāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā,\nEkā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;\nKāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṁ,\nEkaṁ pana nāgarājā maheti.\nTasseva tejena ayaṁ vasundharā,\nĀyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;\nEvaṁ imaṁ cakkhumato sarīraṁ,\nSusakkataṁ sakkatasakkatehi.\nDevindanāgindanarindapūjito,\nManussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;\nTaṁ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā,\nBuddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.\nCattālīsa samā dantā,\nkesā lomā ca sabbaso;\nDevā hariṁsu ekekaṁ,\ncakkavāḷaparamparāti.\nMahāparinibbānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ tatiyaṁ.","en":"There were eight shares of the Clear-eyed One’s relics.\nSeven were worshiped in the Black Plum Tree Land.\nBut one share of the most excellent of men\nwas worshiped in Rāmagāma by a dragon king.\nOne tooth is venerated by the gods of the Third Heaven,\nand one is worshiped in the city of Gandhāra;\nanother one in the realm of the Kaliṅga King,\nand one is worshiped by a dragon king.\nThrough their glory this rich earth\nis adorned with the best of offerings.\nThus the Clear-eyed One’s corpse\nis well honored by the honorable.\nIt’s venerated by lords of gods, dragons, and fairies;\nand likewise venerated by the finest lords of men.\nHonor it with cupped palms when you get the chance,\nfor a Buddha is rare even in a hundred eons.\nAltogether forty even teeth,\nand the body hair and head hair,\nwere carried off individually by gods\nacross the universe."}}]}],"sourceRevision":"afdafa92450cfe7573b280da50382888323666d2","sourceUrl":"https://suttacentral.net/dn16/en/sujato","licence":"CC0 1.0","licenceUrl":"https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/","editionNote":"Full supplied source file; inherited abbreviations are preserved. Not a reconstructed expansion of every repetition. No Malay or Mandarin translation is implied."}